21.04.2015 Views

2 Sediment and Pollutant Transport - Basement - ETH Zürich

2 Sediment and Pollutant Transport - Basement - ETH Zürich

2 Sediment and Pollutant Transport - Basement - ETH Zürich

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />

CREDITS<br />

VERSION 1.1<br />

October, 2006<br />

Project Team<br />

Prof. Dr.-Ing. H.-E. Minor,<br />

Member of the steering committee of Rhone-Thur Project, Director VAW<br />

Dr. R. Fäh, Dipl. Ing. <strong>ETH</strong><br />

Module manager within Rhone-Thur Project, Scientific supervisor BASEMENT<br />

Dr.-Ing. D. Farshi, M. Sc., Software development BASEplane, Scientific Associate<br />

R. Müller, Dipl. Ing. EPFL, Software development BASEchain, Scientific Associate<br />

P. Rousselot, Dipl. Rech. Wiss. <strong>ETH</strong>, Software development, Scientific Associate<br />

D. Vetsch, Dipl. Ing. <strong>ETH</strong>, Project Supervisor BASEMENT, Scientific Associate<br />

Art Design <strong>and</strong> Layout<br />

W. Thürig, D. Vetsch<br />

Lectorate<br />

Dr. U. Keller<br />

Commissioned <strong>and</strong> co-financed by<br />

Swiss Federal Office<br />

for the Environment (FOEN)<br />

Contact<br />

basement@ethz.ch<br />

http://www.basement.ethz.ch<br />

© <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich, VAW, Faeh R., Farshi D., Mueller R., Rousselot P., Vetsch D., 2006<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/4/2006


System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />

PREFACE<br />

Preface<br />

The development of computer programs for solving dem<strong>and</strong>ing hydraulic or hydrological<br />

problems has an almost thirty-year tradition at VAW. Many projects have been carried out<br />

with the application of “home-made” numerical codes <strong>and</strong> were successfully finished. The<br />

according software development <strong>and</strong> its applications were primarily promoted by the<br />

individual initiative of scientific associates of VAW <strong>and</strong> financed by federal instances or the<br />

private sector. Most often, the programs were tailored for a specific application <strong>and</strong> adapted<br />

to fulfil costumer needs. Consequently, the software grew in functionality but with little<br />

documentation. Due to limited temporal <strong>and</strong> personal resources to absolve an according<br />

project, a single point of knowledge concerning the details of the software was inevitable in<br />

most of the cases.<br />

In 2002, the applied numerics group of VAW was invited by the Swiss federal office for<br />

water <strong>and</strong> geology (BWG, nowadays Swiss Federal Office for the Environment FOEN) to<br />

offer for participation in the trans-disciplinary “Rhone-Thur” project. With the idea to build up<br />

a new software tool based on the knowledge gained by former numerical codes - while<br />

eliminating their shortcomings <strong>and</strong> exp<strong>and</strong>ing their functionality - a proposal was submitted.<br />

The bidding being successful a partnership in terms of co-financing was established. By the<br />

end of 2002, a newly formed team took up the work to build the so-called “BASic<br />

EnvironMENT for simulation of environmental flow <strong>and</strong> natural hazard simulation –<br />

BASEMENT”.<br />

From the beginning, the objectives for the new project were ambitious: developing a<br />

software system from scratch, containing all the experience of many years as well as stateof-the-art<br />

numerics with general applicability <strong>and</strong> providing the ability to simulate sediment<br />

transport. Additionally, professional documentation is a must. As to meet all these dem<strong>and</strong>s,<br />

a part wise reengineering of existing codes (Floris, 2dmb) has been carried out, while<br />

merging it with modern <strong>and</strong> new numerical approaches. From a software-technical point of<br />

view, an object-oriented approach has been chosen, with the aim to provide reusability,<br />

reliability, robustness, extensibility <strong>and</strong> maintainability of the software to be developed.<br />

After four years of designing, implementing <strong>and</strong> testing, the software system BASEMENT<br />

has reached a state to go public. The documentation at h<strong>and</strong> confirms the invested diligence<br />

to create a transparent software system of high quality. The software, in terms of an<br />

executable computer program, <strong>and</strong> its documentation are available free of charge. It can be<br />

used by anyone who wants to run numerical simulations of rivers <strong>and</strong> sediment transport –<br />

either for training or for commercial purposes.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/5/2006


System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />

PREFACE<br />

The further development of the software tends to new approaches for sediment transport<br />

simulation, carried out within the scope of scientific studies on one h<strong>and</strong> side. On the other<br />

h<strong>and</strong>, effectiveness <strong>and</strong> composite modelling are the goals. On either side, a reliable<br />

software system BASEMENT will have to meet expectations of the practical engineer <strong>and</strong><br />

the scientist at the same time.<br />

Prof. Dr.-Ing. H.-E. Minor<br />

Member of the steering committee of Rhone-Thur Project, Director VAW<br />

October, 2006<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/5/2006


System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />

LICENSE AGREEMENT<br />

1. Definition of the Software<br />

SOFTWARE LICENSE<br />

between<br />

<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich<br />

Rämistrasse 101<br />

8092 Zürich<br />

Represented by Prof. Hans Erwin Minor<br />

VAW<br />

(Licensor)<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

Licensee<br />

The Software system BASEMENT is composed of the executable (binary) files BASEMENT, BASEchain <strong>and</strong><br />

BASEplane <strong>and</strong> its documentation files (System Manuals), together herein after referred to as “Software”. Not<br />

included is the source code.<br />

Its purpose is the simulation of water flow, sediment <strong>and</strong> pollutant transport <strong>and</strong> according interaction in<br />

consideration of movable boundaries <strong>and</strong> morphological changes.<br />

2. License of <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich<br />

<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich hereby grants a single, non-exclusive, world-wide, royalty-free license to use Software to the licensee<br />

subject to all the terms <strong>and</strong> conditions of this Agreement.<br />

3. The scope of the license<br />

a. Use<br />

The licensee may use the Software:<br />

- according to the intended purpose of the Software as defined in provision 1<br />

- by the licensee <strong>and</strong> his employees<br />

- for commercial <strong>and</strong> non-commercial purposes<br />

The generation of essential temporary backups is allowed.<br />

b. Reproduction / Modification<br />

Neither reproduction (other than plain backup copies) nor modification is permitted with the following<br />

exceptions:<br />

Decoding according to article 21 URG [Bundesgesetz über das Urheberrecht, SR 231.1)<br />

If the licensee intends to access the program with other interoperative programs according to article 21 URG, he<br />

is to contact licensor explaining his requirement.<br />

If the licensor neither provides according support for the interoperative programs nor makes the necessary<br />

source code available within 30 days, licensee is entitled, after reminding the licensor once, to obtain the<br />

information for the above mentioned intentions by source code generation through decompilation.<br />

c. Adaptation<br />

On his own risk, the licensee has the right to parameterize the Software or to access the Software with<br />

interoperable programs within the aforementioned scope of the licence.<br />

d. Distribution of Software to sub licensees<br />

Licensee may transfer this Software in its original form to sub licensees. Sub licensees have to agree to all<br />

terms <strong>and</strong> conditions of this Agreement. It is prohibited to impose any further restrictions on the sub licensees’<br />

exercise of the rights granted herein.<br />

No fees may be charged for use, reproduction, modification or distribution of this Software, neither in<br />

unmodified nor incorporated forms, with the exception of a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy or for<br />

an additional warranty protection.<br />

4. Obligations of licensee<br />

a. Copyright Notice<br />

Software as well as interactively generated output must conspicuously <strong>and</strong> appropriately quote the following<br />

copyright notices:<br />

Copyright by <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich, VAW, Faeh Rol<strong>and</strong>, Farshi Davood, Mueller Renata, Rousselot Patric, Vetsch David, 2006<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/6/2006


System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />

LICENSE AGREEMENT<br />

5. Intellectual property <strong>and</strong> other rights<br />

The licensee obtains all rights granted in this Agreement <strong>and</strong> retains all rights to results from the use of the<br />

Software.<br />

Ownership, intellectual property rights <strong>and</strong> all other rights in <strong>and</strong> to the Software shall remain with <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich<br />

(licensor).<br />

6. Installation, maintenance, support, upgrades or new releases<br />

a. Installation<br />

The licensee may download the Software from the web page http://www.basement.ethz.ch or access it from<br />

the distributed CD.<br />

b. Maintenance, support, upgrades or new releases<br />

<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich doesn’t have any obligation of maintenance, support, upgrades or new releases, <strong>and</strong> disclaims all<br />

costs associated with service, repair or correction.<br />

7. Warranty<br />

<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich does not make any warranty concerning the:<br />

- warranty of merchantability, satisfactory quality <strong>and</strong> fitness for a particular purpose<br />

- warranty of accuracy of results, of the quality <strong>and</strong> performance of the Software;<br />

- warranty of noninfringement of intellectual property rights of third parties.<br />

8. Liability<br />

<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich disclaims all liabilities. <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich shall not have any liability for any direct or indirect damage except for<br />

the provisions of the applicable law (article 100 OR [Schweizerisches Obligationenrecht]).<br />

9. Termination<br />

This Agreement may be terminated by <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich at any time, in case of a fundamental breach of the provisions of<br />

this Agreement by the licensee.<br />

10. No transfer of rights <strong>and</strong> duties<br />

Rights <strong>and</strong> duties derived from this Agreement shall not be transferred to third parties without the written<br />

acceptance of the licensor. In particular, the Software cannot be sold, licensed or rented out to third parties by the<br />

licensee.<br />

11. No implied grant of rights<br />

The parties shall not infer from this Agreement any other rights, including licenses, than those that are explicitly<br />

stated herein.<br />

12. Severability<br />

If any provisions of this Agreement will become invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or enforceability shall not<br />

affect the other provisions of Agreement. These shall remain in full force <strong>and</strong> effect, provided that the basic intent<br />

of the parties is preserved. The parties will in good faith negotiate substitute provisions to replace invalid or<br />

unenforceable provisions which reflect the original intentions of the parties as closely as possible <strong>and</strong> maintain the<br />

economic balance between the parties.<br />

13. Applicable law<br />

This Agreement as well as any <strong>and</strong> all matters arising out of it shall exclusively be governed by <strong>and</strong> interpreted in<br />

accordance with the laws of Switzerl<strong>and</strong>, excluding its principles of conflict of laws.<br />

14. Jurisdiction<br />

If any dispute, controversy or difference arises between the Parties in connection with this Agreement, the parties<br />

shall first attempt to settle it amicably.<br />

Should settlement not be achieved, the Courts of Zurich-City shall have exclusive jurisdiction. This provision shall<br />

only apply to licenses between <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich <strong>and</strong> foreign licensees<br />

By using this software you indicate your acceptance.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/6/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

1 Governing Flow Equations<br />

Table of Contents<br />

1.1 Saint-Venant Equations .................................................................................... 1.1-1<br />

1.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 1.1-1<br />

1.1.2 Applied Form of SVE .................................................................................... 1.1-1<br />

1.1.3 Source Terms ............................................................................................... 1.1-5<br />

1.1.4 Closure Conditions: Determination of the friction Slope S<br />

f<br />

....................... 1.1-5<br />

1.1.5 Boundary Conditions .................................................................................... 1.1-7<br />

1.2 Shallow Water Equations ................................................................................. 1.2-1<br />

1.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 1.2-1<br />

1.2.2 Conservative Form of SWE .......................................................................... 1.2-3<br />

1.2.3 Source Tems ................................................................................................ 1.2-4<br />

1.2.4 Boundary Conditions .................................................................................... 1.2-5<br />

1.2.5 Closure Conditions ....................................................................................... 1.2-6<br />

2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Pollutant</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />

2.1 Suspended <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Pollutant</strong> <strong>Transport</strong>.............................................. 2.1-1<br />

2.1.1 Addvection-Diffusion-Equation ..................................................................... 2.1-1<br />

2.2 Bed Load <strong>Transport</strong> ........................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />

2.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 2.2-1<br />

2.2.2 Bed Material Sorting..................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />

2.2.3 Mass Conservation....................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />

2.2.4 Bottom Shear stress <strong>and</strong> Motion Threshold ................................................ 2.2-2<br />

2.2.5 Closures for Bed Load <strong>Transport</strong>.................................................................. 2.2-3<br />

2.2.6 Source Terms ............................................................................................... 2.2-5<br />

2.3 Lateral <strong>Transport</strong> ............................................................................................... 2.3-1<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006<br />

R I - i


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

List of Figures<br />

Fig. 1: Definition sketch ..............................................................................................................1.1-1<br />

Fig. 2: Computational Domain <strong>and</strong> Boundaries .........................................................................1.2-5<br />

Fig. 3:<br />

Determination of critical shear stress for a given grain diameter...................................2.2-2<br />

List of Tables<br />

Tab. 1: Number of needed boundary conditions ..........................................................................1.1-7<br />

Tab. 2: The Correct Number of Boundary Conditions in SWE ....................................................1.2-6<br />

R I - ii<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

I<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

1 Governing Flow Equations<br />

1.1 Saint-Venant Equations<br />

1.1.1 Introduction<br />

The BASEchain module is based on the Saint Venant Equations for unsteady one<br />

dimensional flow. The validity of these equations implies the following conditions <strong>and</strong><br />

assumptions:<br />

- Hydrostatic distribution of pressure: this is fulfilled if the streamline curvatures<br />

are small <strong>and</strong> the vertical accelerations are negligible.<br />

- Uniform velocity over the cross section <strong>and</strong> horizontal water surface across the<br />

section.<br />

- Small slope of the channel bottom, so that the cosine of the angle of the bottom<br />

with the horizontal can be assumed to be 1.<br />

- Steady-state resistance laws are applicable for unsteady flow.<br />

The flow conditions at a channel cross section can be defined by two flow variables.<br />

Therefore, two of the three conservation laws are needed to analyze a flow situation. If the<br />

flow variables are not continuous, these must be the mass <strong>and</strong> the momentum<br />

conservation laws (Cunge, Holly et al. 1980).<br />

1.1.2 Applied Form of SVE<br />

1.1.2.1 Mass conservation<br />

Fig. 1: Definition sketch<br />

For the control volume illustrated in figure 1, assuming the mass density ρ is constant, it<br />

can be written:<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.1-1<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

dV<br />

dt<br />

d<br />

= + − − −<br />

dt<br />

x2<br />

∫ Ad x Qout Qin ql<br />

( x<br />

x<br />

2<br />

x1) 0<br />

1<br />

where: A [m 2 ] wetted cross section area<br />

Q [m 3 /s] discharge<br />

q [m 2 /s] lateral discharge per meter of length<br />

l<br />

V [m 3 ] volume<br />

x [m] distance<br />

t [s] time<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

= (RI-1.1)<br />

Applying Leibnitz’s rule <strong>and</strong> the mean value theorem:<br />

x2<br />

x2<br />

∂A<br />

∂A<br />

Ax d d x ( x2 x1<br />

t∫ =<br />

x ∫ = − ),<br />

1 ∂t ∂x<br />

x1<br />

d<br />

d<br />

<strong>and</strong> then dividing by ( x2 − x1)<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

Q<br />

out<br />

− Q<br />

in<br />

( x − x1)<br />

2<br />

∂Q<br />

=<br />

∂x<br />

the divergent form of the continuity equation is obtained:<br />

∂A ∂Q + − ql = 0<br />

∂t<br />

∂x<br />

,<br />

(RI-1.2)<br />

1.1.2.2 Momentum Conservation<br />

With the momentum<br />

dM<br />

dt<br />

= m a =∑ F<br />

where: M<br />

p = mu<br />

[kg m/s] momentum<br />

m [kg] mass<br />

u [m/s] velocity<br />

a [m/s 2 ] acceleration<br />

F [N] force<br />

<strong>and</strong> according to Newton’s second law of motion<br />

Making use of the Reynolds transport theorem (Chaudhry 1993) <strong>and</strong> referring to the control<br />

volume in Fig. 1<br />

dM<br />

dt<br />

x2<br />

d<br />

∑ F u Adx u2 Au<br />

2 2<br />

u1 Au<br />

1 1<br />

ux<br />

ql<br />

x2 x1<br />

dt<br />

∫ ρ ρ ρ ρ ( ) (RI-1.3)<br />

x1<br />

= = + − − −<br />

is obtained, where:<br />

u<br />

x<br />

[m/s] velocity in x direction (direction of flow) of lateral source<br />

ρ [kg/m 3 ] mass density<br />

Further simplification is achieved by applying Leibnitz’s rule <strong>and</strong> writing Q = Au <strong>and</strong><br />

Q/<br />

A=<br />

u resulting in:<br />

R I - 1.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

x2<br />

2 2<br />

∂Q Q Q<br />

∑ F= ∫ ρ d x + ρ −ρ −uxρql(<br />

x2 − x1)<br />

(RI-1.4)<br />

∂t A A<br />

x1<br />

out<br />

in<br />

Application of the mean value theorem:<br />

<strong>and</strong> division by ( x2 x1)<br />

ρ − <strong>and</strong> with<br />

x2<br />

∫<br />

x1<br />

Q Q<br />

ρ ∂ dx = ∂ ( x2 −x1)<br />

∂t<br />

∂x<br />

⎛ ⎞ ∂ ⎛ ⎞<br />

2 2<br />

Q Q 1 Q 2<br />

− =<br />

⎜ A A ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />

( x2 −x1)<br />

∂x A<br />

out in<br />

⎝ ⎠<br />

⎝<br />

leads to:<br />

⎠<br />

∑ 2<br />

F ∂Q<br />

∂ ⎛Q<br />

⎞<br />

= + ⎜ ⎟−qu<br />

l x<br />

x2 x1<br />

t x A<br />

(RI-1.5)<br />

ρ( − ) ∂ ∂ ⎝ ⎠<br />

For the determination of<br />

considered:<br />

∑F<br />

the following forces acting on the control volume have to be<br />

- pressure force upstream <strong>and</strong> downstream: F1 = ρgA1h1 <strong>and</strong> F2<br />

= ρgA<br />

2<br />

h 2<br />

- weight of water in x-direction:<br />

x2<br />

F3<br />

= ρg∫<br />

ASBdx<br />

x2<br />

QQ<br />

- frictional force: F4<br />

= ρg∫ AS<br />

f<br />

dx<br />

, where S<br />

f<br />

=<br />

2<br />

K<br />

x1<br />

x1<br />

S<br />

f<br />

[-] friction slope<br />

K [m 3 /s] conveyance factor<br />

g [m/s 2 ] gravity<br />

k<br />

st<br />

[m 1/3 /s] Strickler factor<br />

R [m] hydraulic radius<br />

K = k AR<br />

st<br />

2 3<br />

Introducing the sum of these forces in equation (RI-1.5) <strong>and</strong> applying the mean value<br />

theorem:<br />

x2<br />

∫ AS (<br />

B<br />

− Sf)d x= AS (<br />

B<br />

−Sf)(<br />

x2 −x1)<br />

x1<br />

the momentum equation in the conservation form is obtained:<br />

⎛ ⎞<br />

⎜ ⎟ g ( ) g ( )<br />

∂t ∂x⎝<br />

A ⎠ ∂x<br />

2<br />

∂Q<br />

∂ Q<br />

∂<br />

+ − ux =− Ah + A SB −<br />

f<br />

S (RI-1.6)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.1-3<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

As<br />

⎡<br />

( Ah)<br />

A( h h) 1 B( ) 2 ⎤<br />

Δ =<br />

⎢<br />

+Δ − Δ − A<br />

⎣<br />

2 ⎥<br />

h<br />

⎦<br />

<strong>and</strong> furthermore neglecting higher order terms <strong>and</strong> letting<br />

∂ ∂ ∂ ∂h<br />

∂h<br />

Δh→ 0, ( Ah)<br />

= A<strong>and</strong> (g Ah) = g ( Ah) = gA ∂h ∂x ∂h ∂x<br />

∂ . x<br />

Equation (RI-1.6) becomes:<br />

2<br />

∂Q ∂ ⎛Q ⎞ ∂h<br />

+ ⎜ ⎟+ g A −gA( S −S ) −qu<br />

∂t ∂x⎝<br />

A ⎠ ∂x<br />

B f l x<br />

= 0<br />

(RI-1.7)<br />

h<br />

As <strong>and</strong> SB<br />

are unknown for irregular cross sections, they are eliminated from equation<br />

(RI-1.7) by the following transformation:<br />

∂h<br />

∂zS ∂zB<br />

∂zS<br />

h= zS<br />

− zB<br />

<strong>and</strong> = − = + S B<br />

∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x<br />

Insertion into equation (RI-1.7) results in:<br />

2<br />

∂Q ∂ ⎛Q ⎞ ∂z<br />

+ ⎜ ⎟+ gA + gASf −qu<br />

l x<br />

∂t ∂x⎝<br />

A ⎠ ∂x<br />

= 0<br />

(RI-1.8)<br />

If only the cross sectional area where the water actually flows <strong>and</strong> therefore contributes to<br />

the momentum balance shall be used, <strong>and</strong> introducing a factor β accounting for the<br />

velocity distribution in the cross section (Cunge, Holly et al. 1980), equation (RI-1.9) is<br />

obtained:<br />

∂ ∂ ⎛ ⎞ ∂<br />

∂ ∂ ⎝ ⎠ ∂<br />

2<br />

Q Q z<br />

+ ⎜β<br />

⎟+ gAred + gAred S<br />

f<br />

−qlux<br />

t x Ared<br />

x<br />

0<br />

= (RI-1.9)<br />

where A [m 2<br />

] is the reduced area, i.e. the part of the cross section area where water<br />

flows.<br />

red<br />

R I - 1.1-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

1.1.3 Source Terms<br />

With the given formulation of the flow equation there are 4 source terms:<br />

For the continuity equation:<br />

• The lateral in- or outflow ql<br />

For the momentum equation:<br />

• The bed slope<br />

∂zS<br />

W = gA<br />

(RI-1.10)<br />

∂ x<br />

• The bottom friction:<br />

Fr = gA<br />

red<br />

S f<br />

(RI-1.11)<br />

• The influence of lateral in- or outflow:<br />

qu<br />

l<br />

x<br />

(RI-1.12)<br />

However, in this work, the influence of the lateral inflow on the momentum equation is<br />

neglected.<br />

1.1.4 Closure Conditions: Determination of the friction Slope S<br />

f<br />

The relation between the friction slope <strong>and</strong> the bottom shear stress is:<br />

τ<br />

B<br />

gRS f<br />

ρ = (RI-1.13)<br />

As the unit of τ<br />

B<br />

/ ρ is the square of a velocity, a shear stress velocity can be defined as:<br />

u<br />

τ<br />

ρ<br />

B<br />

*<br />

= . (RI-1.14)<br />

The velocity in the channel is proportional to the shear flow velocity <strong>and</strong> thus:<br />

u = c gRS<br />

(RI-1.15)<br />

f<br />

where<br />

f<br />

c<br />

f<br />

is the Chézy coefficient.<br />

If u is replaced by Q/<br />

A:<br />

Q c<br />

f<br />

g R S<br />

f<br />

A = (RI-1.16)<br />

results, with<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.1-5<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

S<br />

f<br />

QQ<br />

= . (RI-1.17)<br />

gA cR<br />

2 2<br />

f<br />

Introducing the conveyance K :<br />

Q<br />

K = = Acf<br />

R g<br />

(RI-1.18)<br />

S<br />

f<br />

S<br />

f<br />

QQ<br />

= (RI-1.19)<br />

2<br />

K<br />

If the Strickler coefficient is used as friction parameter the coefficient<br />

follows:<br />

c<br />

f<br />

is calculated as<br />

Strickler:<br />

1 6<br />

kstrR<br />

c<br />

f<br />

= (RI-1.20)<br />

g<br />

Otherwise the following approaches are implemented:<br />

Chézy:<br />

c<br />

f<br />

⎛12R<br />

⎞<br />

= 5.75log ⎜ ⎟ (RI-1.21)<br />

⎝ k ⎠<br />

s<br />

Darcy-Weissbach:<br />

c f<br />

8<br />

= with<br />

f<br />

f<br />

0.24<br />

=<br />

⎛12R<br />

⎞<br />

log ⎜ ⎟<br />

⎝ ks<br />

⎠<br />

(RI-1.22)<br />

If it is assumed that the friction depends on the grain size of the bottom:<br />

k<br />

str<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

ks<br />

factor<br />

= default value of factor = 21.1 (RI-1.23)<br />

6<br />

d<br />

90<br />

90<br />

= 2d<br />

(RI-1.24)<br />

R I - 1.1-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

1.1.5 Boundary Conditions<br />

At the upper und lower end of the channel it is necessary to know the influence of the<br />

region outside on the flow within the computational domain. The influenced area depends<br />

on the propagation velocity of a perturbation. The propagation velocity in st<strong>and</strong>ing water is<br />

c= gh (RI-1.25)<br />

If a one dimensional flow is considered this propagation takes place in two directions:<br />

upstream ( −c<br />

) <strong>and</strong> downstream ( + c ). These velocities must then be added to the flow<br />

velocities in the channel, giving the upstream (C −<br />

) <strong>and</strong> downstream (C +<br />

) characteristics:<br />

C<br />

C<br />

−<br />

+<br />

dx<br />

= = u−c dt<br />

(RI-1.26)<br />

dx<br />

= = u+c dt<br />

(RI-1.27)<br />

With these functions it is possible to determine which region is influenced by a perturbation<br />

<strong>and</strong> which region influences a given point after a given time.<br />

In particular it can be said that if c< u the information will not be able to spread in<br />

upstream direction, thus the condition in a point cannot influence any upstream point, <strong>and</strong> a<br />

point cannot receive any information from downstream. This is the case for a supercritical<br />

flow.<br />

In contrast, if c > u, which is the case for sub-critical flow, the information spreads in both<br />

directions, upstream <strong>and</strong> downstream. This fact substantiates the necessity <strong>and</strong> usefulness<br />

of information at the boundaries. As there are two equations to solve, two variables are<br />

needed for the solution.<br />

If the flow conditions are sub-critical, the flow is influenced from downstream. Thus at the<br />

inflow boundary one condition can be taken from the flow region itself <strong>and</strong> only one<br />

additional boundary condition is needed. At the outflow boundary, the flow is influenced<br />

from outside <strong>and</strong> so one boundary condition is needed.<br />

If the flow is supercritical, no information arrives from downstream. Therefore, two<br />

boundary conditions are needed at the inflow end. In contrast, as it cannot influence the<br />

flow within the computational domain, it is not useful to have a boundary condition at the<br />

downstream end.<br />

Number of boundary conditions<br />

Flow type Inflow Outflow<br />

Sub critical flow ( Fr < 1) 1 2<br />

Supercritical flow ( Fr > 1 )<br />

1 0<br />

Tab. 1: Number of needed boundary conditions<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.1-7<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

At the inflow boundary the given value is usually Q . If the flow is supercritical the second<br />

variable A is determined by a flow resistance law (slope is needed!).<br />

At the outflow boundary there are several possibilities to provide the necessary information<br />

at the boundary:<br />

- determine an out flowing discharge by a weir or a gate;<br />

- set the water surface elevation as a function of time;<br />

- set the water surface elevation as a function of the discharge (rating curve).<br />

R I - 1.1-8<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

1.2 Shallow Water Equations<br />

1.2.1 Introduction<br />

Mathematical models of the so-called shallow water type govern a wide variety of physical<br />

phenomena. An important class of problems of practical interest involves water flows with a<br />

free surface under the influence of gravity. It includes:<br />

- Tides in oceans<br />

- Flood waves in rivers<br />

- Dam break waves<br />

A key assumption made in derivation of the approximate shallow water theory concerns the<br />

pressure distribution. Supposing that the vertical velocity acceleration of water particles is<br />

negligible, a hydrostatic pressure distribution can be assumed. This eventually allows for a<br />

integration over the flow depth, which results in a non-linear initial value problem, namely<br />

the shallow water equations. They form a time-dependent two-dimensional system of nonlinear<br />

partial differential equations of hyperbolic type.<br />

There are two approaches for the derivation of shallow water equations:<br />

- Integrating the three-dimensional system of Navier-Stokes equations over the<br />

depth<br />

- Direct approach by considering a three-dimensional control volume element of<br />

fluid<br />

Note, that for reason of simplicity, the shallow water equations will from here on be<br />

abbreviated as SWE.<br />

Using the first method <strong>and</strong> imposing the following boundary conditions:<br />

1) At the top of water surface:<br />

Kinetic boundary condition:<br />

∂zs<br />

∂zs<br />

∂z wS = + uS + v s<br />

S<br />

∂t<br />

∂x<br />

∂y<br />

(RI-1.28)<br />

Dynamic boundary condition:<br />

( )<br />

τ = τ , τ <strong>and</strong> P =P<br />

(RI-1.29)<br />

Sx Sy atm<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.2-1<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

2) At the bottom of water body:<br />

Kinetic boundary condition:<br />

∂zB<br />

∂zB<br />

wB = uB + vB<br />

∂x<br />

∂y<br />

(RI-1.30)<br />

The set of SWE can be derived in the form:<br />

( uh) ( vh)<br />

∂ ζ ∂ ∂<br />

+ +<br />

∂t ∂x ∂y<br />

= 0<br />

(RI-1.31)<br />

∂u ∂u ∂u ⎛∂Z B<br />

∂h⎞<br />

1 τ<br />

+ u + v + g<br />

Bx<br />

⎜ + ⎟=−<br />

∂t ∂x ∂y ⎝ ∂x ∂x⎠<br />

h ρ<br />

∂v ∂v ∂v ⎛∂Z B<br />

∂h⎞<br />

1 τ By<br />

+ u + v + g⎜<br />

+ ⎟=−<br />

∂t ∂x ∂y ⎝ ∂y ∂y⎠<br />

h ρ<br />

(RI-1.32)<br />

(RI-1.33)<br />

where: h [m] water depth<br />

g [m/s 2 ] gravity acceleration<br />

P [Pa] pressure<br />

u [m/s] depth averaged velocity in x direction<br />

u S<br />

[m/s] velocity in x direction at water surface;<br />

u B<br />

[m/s] velocity in x direction at bottom (usually equal zero)<br />

v [m/s] depth averaged velocity in y direction<br />

v S<br />

[m/s] velocity in y direction at water surface<br />

v B<br />

[m/s] velocity in y direction at bottom (usually equal zero)<br />

w S<br />

[m/s] velocity in z direction at water surface<br />

w B<br />

[m/s] velocity in z direction at bottom (usually equal zero)<br />

w B<br />

[m] velocity in z direction at bottom (usually equal zero)<br />

z B<br />

[m] bottom elevation<br />

z<br />

s<br />

[m] water surface elevation<br />

τ<br />

Sx ,<br />

[N/m 2 ] surface stress in x direction such as wind stress<br />

τ<br />

S,<br />

y<br />

[N/m 2 ] surface stress in y direction such as wind stress<br />

τ<br />

Bx ,<br />

[N/m 2 ] bottom stress in x direction<br />

τ [N/m 2 ] bottom stress in y direction<br />

By ,<br />

For brevity, the over bars indicating depth averaged values will be dropped from<br />

from here on.<br />

u<br />

<strong>and</strong> v<br />

R I - 1.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

1.2.2 Conservative Form of SWE<br />

Various forms of SWE can be distinguished with their primitive variables. The proper choice<br />

of these variables <strong>and</strong> the corresponding set of equations plays an extremely important role<br />

in numerical modelling. It is well known that the conservative form is preferred over the<br />

non-conservative one if strong changes or discontinuities in a solution are to be expected. In<br />

flooding <strong>and</strong> dam break problems, this is usually the case.<br />

(Bechteler, Nujić et al. 1993) showed that the equation sets in conservative form, with<br />

( huhvh , , ) as independent <strong>and</strong> primitive variables produce best results. The conservative<br />

form can be derived by multiplying the continuity equation with u <strong>and</strong> v <strong>and</strong> adding to<br />

momentum equations in x <strong>and</strong> y direction respectively. This set of equations can be written<br />

in the following form:<br />

( )<br />

U +∇⋅ F,<br />

G + S = 0<br />

(RI-1.34)<br />

t<br />

S<br />

where U,<br />

Q <strong>and</strong> are the vectors of primitive variables, fluxes in the x <strong>and</strong> y directions<br />

<strong>and</strong> sources respectively, given by:<br />

⎛ζ<br />

⎞<br />

⎜ ⎟<br />

U = uh<br />

⎜vh<br />

⎟<br />

⎝ ⎠<br />

⎛ ⎞ ⎛ ⎞<br />

⎜ uh ⎟ ⎜ uh ⎟<br />

⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />

2 1 2 ∂u<br />

2 1 2 ∂u<br />

F= ⎜uh+ gh − νh ⎟;<br />

G = ⎜uh+ gh −νh<br />

⎟ (RI-1.35)<br />

⎜ 2 ∂x<br />

⎟ ⎜ 2 ∂x<br />

⎟<br />

⎜<br />

v<br />

⎟ ⎜<br />

v<br />

⎟<br />

⎜<br />

∂<br />

∂<br />

uvh −νh ⎟ ⎜ uvh −νh<br />

⎟<br />

⎝ ∂x<br />

⎠ ⎝ ∂x<br />

⎠<br />

⎛ 0<br />

⎜<br />

S = ⎜gh S −<br />

⎜<br />

⎜<br />

⎝<br />

gh S<br />

( fx<br />

SBx<br />

)<br />

( fy<br />

− SBy<br />

)<br />

⎞<br />

⎟<br />

⎟<br />

⎟<br />

⎟<br />

⎠<br />

where:<br />

*<br />

ν is the isotropic eddy viscosity computed as ν = ν0 + cUh<br />

μ<br />

. ν<br />

0<br />

= base kinematic eddy<br />

viscosity <strong>and</strong> c μ<br />

= dimensionless coefficient.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.2-3<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

1.2.3 Source Tems<br />

Eqation (RI-1.36) has two source terms, bed stress ( τ<br />

B<br />

= ghS f<br />

) <strong>and</strong> bed slope terms<br />

( ghS B<br />

).<br />

The bed stress is the most important physical parameter besides water depth <strong>and</strong> velocity<br />

field of a hydro- <strong>and</strong> morphodynamic model. It causes the turbulence <strong>and</strong> is responsible for<br />

sediment transport <strong>and</strong> has a non-linear effect of retarding the flow. When the effect of<br />

turbulence grows, the effect of molecular viscosity becomes relatively smaller, while viscous<br />

boundary layer near a solid boundary becomes thinner <strong>and</strong> may even appear not to exist. It<br />

means that the bed stress (friction) is equal to the bed turbulent stress.<br />

(Pr<strong>and</strong>tl 1942) has obtained the following relation for τ<br />

B<br />

with assumption of logarithmic law<br />

for vertical velocity profile:<br />

τ<br />

uz ( ) − uz ( )<br />

1 2<br />

B<br />

= κ<br />

log<br />

2 1<br />

( z z )<br />

where κ = von Karman constant; z = height above bottom.<br />

(RI-1.37)<br />

However, bed stress is usually estimated by using an empirical or semi-empirical formula<br />

since the vertical distribution of velocity cannot be readily obtained.<br />

In the one dimensional system of equations the term bed stress can be expressed as<br />

gRS<br />

f<br />

, where S<br />

f<br />

denotes the energy slope. Assuming that the frictional force in a two<br />

dimensional unsteady open flow can be estimated by referring to the formulas for one<br />

dimensional flows in open channel, e.g. by Manning’s Formula, it can be written:<br />

S<br />

f<br />

2<br />

nuu<br />

4 3<br />

= (RI-1.38)<br />

R<br />

where u = velocity; n = Manning’s factor; R = hydraulic radius. It can be easily seen that<br />

the above formula can be approximately generalized to the two dimensional system. In onedimensional<br />

flows it is not distinguished between bottom <strong>and</strong> lateral (side wall) friction,<br />

while in two dimensional flows it is often taken a unit width channel ( R = h). For the two<br />

dimensional system the Equation (RI-1.38) has the following forms<br />

fx<br />

4 4<br />

2 2 2 3 2 2 2<br />

;<br />

fy<br />

3<br />

S = n u u + v h S = n v u + v h<br />

(RI-1.39)<br />

The bed stress terms need additional closures equation (see chapter 1.2.5) to be<br />

determined. Here we used the Manning’s formula.<br />

Bed slope terms represent the gravity forces<br />

Bx ,<br />

=−∂<br />

B<br />

∂ ;<br />

By ,<br />

S z x<br />

S =−∂z ∂ y<br />

(RI-1.40)<br />

B<br />

R I - 1.2-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

1.2.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

SWE provide a model to describe dynamic fluid processes of various natural phenomena<br />

<strong>and</strong> find therefore widespread application in science <strong>and</strong> engineering. Solving SWE needs<br />

the appropriate boundary conditions like any other partial differential equations. In particular,<br />

the issue of which kind of boundary conditions are allowed is still not completely understood<br />

(Agoshkov, Quarteroni et al. 1994). However several sets of boundary conditions of physical<br />

interest that are admissible from the mathematical viewpoint will be discussed here.<br />

The physical boundaries can be divided into two sets: one closed ( Γ<br />

c<br />

), the other open ( Γ<br />

o<br />

)<br />

(Fig. 2). The former generally expresses that no mass can flow through the boundary. The<br />

latter is an imaginary fluid-fluid boundary <strong>and</strong> includes two different inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow<br />

types.<br />

1.2.4.1 Closed Boundary<br />

The following relations are often described on the closed boundary, say<br />

∂u<br />

ρun<br />

⋅ = 0; = 0<br />

∂n<br />

where n [m] the normal (directed outward) unit vector on<br />

u [m/s] velocity vector = ( uv , )<br />

Γ<br />

c<br />

Γ<br />

c<br />

:<br />

(RI-1.41)<br />

Fig. 2: Computational Domain <strong>and</strong> Boundaries<br />

1.2.4.2 Open Boundary<br />

The number of boundaries of a partial differential equations system depends on the type of<br />

the system. From the mathematical point of view, the SWE establish a quasi-linear<br />

hyperbolic differential equations system. If the temporal derivatives vanish, the system is<br />

elliptical for Fr<br />

≤1.0<br />

<strong>and</strong> hyperbolical for Fr<br />

≥1.0<br />

, where Fr<br />

is Froude number.<br />

On the open boundary ( Γ o<br />

) the two types inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow can be respectively<br />

distinguished as follows:<br />

Γ = ( x ∈Γ ; 0<br />

un ⋅ < )<br />

in<br />

0 (RI-1.42)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.2-5<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

Γ = ( x∈Γ ; 0<br />

⋅ ><br />

out<br />

0)<br />

un (RI-1.43)<br />

Based on the behaviour of the system of equations, the theoretical number of open<br />

boundary conditions is listed in Tab. 2 (Agoshkov, Quarteroni et al. 1994) (Beffa 1994):<br />

Number of boundary conditions<br />

Flow type Inflow Outflow<br />

Sub critical flow ( Fr < 1) 2 1<br />

Supercritical flow ( Fr > 1 )<br />

3 0<br />

Tab. 2: The Correct Number of Boundary Conditions in SWE<br />

However in practical application of boundary conditions, the number of the implemented<br />

conditions is often higher or lower than the theoretical criteria (Nujić 1998).<br />

1.2.5 Closure Conditions<br />

1.2.5.1 Turbulence Closure<br />

The turbulent shear stresses can be quantified in accordance with the Boussinesq eddyviscosity<br />

concept, which can be expressed as<br />

τxx 2 ρν ∂u t<br />

, τ<br />

yy<br />

2 ρν ∂v t<br />

, τ u v<br />

xy<br />

ρν ⎛∂<br />

∂<br />

= = = ⎞<br />

t ⎜ + ⎟<br />

∂x ∂y ⎝∂y<br />

∂x⎠<br />

(RI-1.44)<br />

If the flow is dominated by the friction forces, the turbulent kinematic viscosity is<br />

ν = κuh<br />

with the friction velocity u*<br />

= τ ρ .<br />

t<br />

*<br />

6<br />

1.2.5.2 Bed Stress<br />

The bed shear stresses are related to the depth–averaged velocities by the quadratic friction<br />

law<br />

u u u v<br />

τ ρ τ ρ<br />

bx<br />

= ,<br />

2 by<br />

=<br />

2<br />

cf<br />

cf<br />

= u + v<br />

(RI-1.45)<br />

2 2<br />

in which u is the magnitude of the velocity vector. The friction coefficient c<br />

f<br />

can be determined by any friction law.<br />

R I - 1.2-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Pollutant</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />

2.1 Suspended <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Pollutant</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />

2.1.1 Addvection-Diffusion-Equation<br />

According to the number of pollutant species or grain size classes, ng advection-diffusion<br />

equations for transport of the suspended material are provided as follows:<br />

∂ ∂ ⎛ ∂Cg<br />

⎞ ∂ ⎛ ∂Cg<br />

⎞<br />

Ch<br />

g<br />

+ ⎜Cq g<br />

−hΓ ⎟+ ⎜Cr g<br />

−hΓ ⎟− Sg<br />

= 0 forg=<br />

1,..., ng<br />

∂t ∂x⎝ ∂x ⎠ ∂y⎝ ∂y<br />

⎠<br />

where<br />

C<br />

g<br />

is the concentration of each grain size class <strong>and</strong> Γ is the eddy diffusivity.<br />

(RI-2.1)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.1-1<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R I - 2.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

2.2 Bed Load <strong>Transport</strong><br />

2.2.1 Introduction<br />

The bed load flux in x direction is composed of three parts (an analogous relation exists in y<br />

direction):<br />

q = q + q + q<br />

Bg , x Bg, xx Bg, xy Bg,<br />

gravx<br />

q q B , xy<br />

(RI-2.2)<br />

where<br />

B<br />

= bed load transport due to flow in x direction, = lateral transport due to<br />

g , xx<br />

g<br />

bed load transport in y direction <strong>and</strong> q<br />

Bg<br />

, grav<br />

= pure gravity induced transport (e.g. due to<br />

x<br />

collapse of a side slope).<br />

2.2.2 Bed Material Sorting<br />

For each fractio g mass conservation equation can be written, the so called “bed-material<br />

sorting equation”:<br />

∂ ∂q<br />

∂qBg y<br />

1− p<br />

g<br />

⋅ hm + + + Sg −Sfg<br />

− YX = 0 for g = 1,..., ng<br />

∂t ∂x ∂y<br />

Bg, x<br />

,<br />

( ) ( β )<br />

(RI-2.3)<br />

where p = porosity of bed material (assumed to be constant), ( qBg, x,<br />

qBg,<br />

y) =<br />

components of total bed load flux per unit width, Sf<br />

g<br />

= flux through the bottom of the<br />

active layer due to its movement <strong>and</strong> Sl<br />

g<br />

= source term to specify a local input or output of<br />

material (e.g. rock fall, dredging).<br />

2.2.3 Mass Conservation<br />

Finally, the global bed material conservation equation is obtained by adding up the masses<br />

of all sediment material layers between the bed surface <strong>and</strong> a reference level for all<br />

fractions (Exner-equation) directly resulting in the elevation change of the actual bed level:<br />

ng<br />

B<br />

Bg, x Bg,<br />

y<br />

−<br />

B<br />

+ ∑ + + S −<br />

t ⎜<br />

g<br />

Sl<br />

g<br />

= 0<br />

∂ g = 1 ∂x ∂y<br />

⎟<br />

( 1 p )<br />

∂z<br />

⎛∂q<br />

⎝<br />

∂q<br />

⎞<br />

⎠<br />

(RI-2.4)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.2-1<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

2.2.4 Bottom Shear stress <strong>and</strong> Motion Threshold<br />

The critical shear stress τ θ ( ρ ρ)<br />

= −<br />

g<br />

is the threshold for the initiation of motion<br />

of the grain class g <strong>and</strong> is derived from the according Shields parameter θ<br />

cr<br />

, which is a<br />

*<br />

function of the shear Reynolds number Re see (Shields 1936). Meyer-Peter <strong>and</strong> Müller<br />

(1948) proposed a constant Shields parameter of 0.047 for the fully turbulent area<br />

* 3 *<br />

*<br />

( Re > 10 ). For smaller values of Re , the Shields parameter θ<br />

cr<br />

= f ( D ) is evaluated as<br />

*<br />

function of the dimensionless grain diameter D according to (Van Rijn 1984) (see Fig. 3).<br />

Bcr<br />

cr s<br />

gd<br />

Fig. 3: Determination of critical shear stress for a given grain diameter<br />

R I - 2.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

2.2.5 Closures for Bed Load <strong>Transport</strong><br />

Bed load transport is evaluated as follows<br />

q<br />

,<br />

= β q ( ξ ) ⋅e (RI-2.5)<br />

Bg<br />

x g Bg<br />

g x<br />

Approaches for the bed load discharge q ( ξ ) with or without the consideration of the<br />

hiding factor ξ are discussed in following section.<br />

g<br />

Bg<br />

g<br />

2.2.5.1 <strong>Transport</strong> Laws<br />

The specific bed load discharge<br />

equation.<br />

th<br />

q of the grain class has to be evaluated by a suitable<br />

B g<br />

g<br />

2.2.5.1.1 Meyer-Peter <strong>and</strong> Müller (MPM)<br />

The (Meyer-Peter <strong>and</strong> Müller 1948) formula can be written as follows:<br />

q B g<br />

3 2<br />

B<br />

−τB , 1<br />

cr g<br />

⎛τ<br />

⎞ ⎛ ⎞<br />

= ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />

⎝ 0.25 ρ ⎠ ⎝( s−1)<br />

g ⎠<br />

Herein, τ<br />

B<br />

is the shear stress induced by the flow <strong>and</strong><br />

coefficient.<br />

(RI-2.6)<br />

s = ρs<br />

ρ the sediment density<br />

2.2.5.1.2 Parker<br />

(Parker 1990) has extended his empirical substrate-based bedload relation for gravel<br />

mixtures (Parker, Klingeman et al. 1982), which was developed solely with reference to field<br />

data <strong>and</strong> suitable for near equilibrium mobile bed conditions, into a surfaced-based relation.<br />

The new relation is proper for the nonequilibrium processes.<br />

Based on the fact that the rough equality of bedlaod <strong>and</strong> substrate size distribution is<br />

attained by means of selective transport of surface material <strong>and</strong> the surface material is the<br />

source for bedlaod, Parker has developed the new relation based on the surface material.<br />

An important assumption in deriving the new relation is suspension cutoff size. He suppose<br />

that during flow conditions at which significant amounts of gravel are moved, it is commonly<br />

(but not universally) found that the s<strong>and</strong> moves essentially in suspension (1-6 mm). There<br />

for he has excluded s<strong>and</strong> from his analysis. In his free access Excel file, he has explicitly<br />

emphasised that the formula is valid only for the size larger than 2 mm.<br />

Regarding to the Oak Creek data, the original relation predicted 13% of the bedload as s<strong>and</strong>.<br />

For consistency it has to be corrected for the exclusion of s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> finer material.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.2-3<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

W<br />

0.00218 G⎡ξωφ<br />

= ⎣ ⎦ ; *<br />

Wsi<br />

( τ ρ)<br />

*<br />

si s sg 0<br />

where<br />

⎤<br />

Rgqbi<br />

= (RI-2.7)<br />

3/2<br />

F<br />

i<br />

ξ<br />

⎛ d<br />

⎞<br />

i<br />

s<br />

= ⎜<br />

d ⎟<br />

g<br />

⎝<br />

⎠<br />

−0.0951<br />

;<br />

φ<br />

τ<br />

*<br />

sg<br />

50 *<br />

τ<br />

rsg 0<br />

= ;<br />

τ<br />

*<br />

sg<br />

τ<br />

ρRgd g<br />

= ;<br />

*<br />

τ<br />

rsg 0<br />

= 0.0386<br />

σ<br />

⎡ln<br />

( d )<br />

⎡<br />

0( sg 0)<br />

⎤<br />

( φsg<br />

)<br />

⎣ ⎦ ; i<br />

dg<br />

σ Fi<br />

⎢ ln ( 2)<br />

ω = 1+ ω φ −1<br />

σ<br />

0 0<br />

⎤<br />

= ∑ ⎢ ⎥ ;<br />

⎣ ⎥⎦<br />

2<br />

dg<br />

= e ∑<br />

Filn( di)<br />

ξ<br />

s<br />

is a “reduced” hiding function <strong>and</strong> differs from the one of Einstein. The Einstein hiding<br />

factor adjusts the mobility of each grain d i in a mixture relative to the value that would be<br />

realized if the bed were covered with uniform material of size d i . The new function adjusts<br />

the mobility of each grain d i relative to the d 50 or d g , where d g denotes the surface geometric<br />

mean size.<br />

Although the above formulation does not contain a critical shields stress, the reference<br />

Schields stress τ * rsg 0<br />

makes up for it, in that transport rates are exceedingly small for<br />

* *<br />

τ<br />

sg<br />

< τ<br />

rsg 0<br />

. Regarding to the fact that parker’s relation is based on field data <strong>and</strong> field data<br />

are often in case of low flow rates, the relation calculates low bedload rates (Marti 2006).<br />

2.2.5.2 Hunziker (MPM-H)<br />

To map transport processes of mixed sediments <strong>and</strong> to calculate according bed load<br />

discharge, corrections or special formulas for graded sediments have to be applied. Besides<br />

the ability to model grain sorting in the active layer, the exposure of bigger grains to the flow<br />

<strong>and</strong> the involved shielding of fine sediments, the so called hiding effect has to be<br />

considered.<br />

A special formula for the fractional transport of graded sediments was proposed by<br />

(Hunziker 1995):<br />

q<br />

( ) 3 2<br />

⎤<br />

= 5 β ⎡<br />

⎣<br />

ξ θ −θ<br />

⎦<br />

( s−1)gd<br />

' 3<br />

Bg<br />

g g dms cdms ms<br />

)<br />

(RI-2.8)<br />

'<br />

The additional shear stress ( θdms<br />

−θcdms<br />

regarding the mean grain size of the bed surface<br />

material is corrected by a corresponding hiding factor:<br />

ξ<br />

−α<br />

⎛ d<br />

g ⎞<br />

g<br />

= ⎜ ⎟<br />

dms<br />

⎝<br />

⎠<br />

(RI-2.9)<br />

where dms<br />

denotes the mean diameter of the active layer <strong>and</strong> α is an empirical parameter<br />

which depends on the dimensionless shear stress of the mixture (see also (Hunziker <strong>and</strong><br />

Jaeggi 2002)).<br />

R I - 2.2-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

2.2.5.3 Günter’s two grains model<br />

(Günter 1971) suggested a two grains model, in order to be able to consider the armoured<br />

layer forming in case of the simulation with one grain size. Based on his formulation, the<br />

upper limit of the discharge of the armoured layer (Q D ) can be calculated, for which the<br />

armoured layer resists it. If the discharge is smaller than Q D , then no material will be eroded<br />

from the bed, but the input bedload from the upstream can be transported into the<br />

downstream.<br />

Using the formulation of Günter one obtains<br />

RSf<br />

d<br />

θ ⎛ ⎞<br />

s− d ⎝ d ⎠<br />

( 1)<br />

90<br />

><br />

c ⎜ ⎟<br />

m<br />

m<br />

0.67<br />

Where R denotes hydraulic radius, S f is energy slope, d m is grain size, d 90 is armoured layer<br />

grain size <strong>and</strong> θ<br />

c<br />

denotes the critical Shield’s parameter for the grain size (d m ).<br />

(Hunziker <strong>and</strong> Jaeggi 1988) analysed Günter’s relation <strong>and</strong> concluded that it should not be<br />

always used. If there are aggradations on an armoured layer, then it should be possible to<br />

transport the material. In this case, the elevation of the armoured layer has to be saved <strong>and</strong><br />

compared with the new bed elevation.<br />

2.2.6 Source Terms<br />

The exchange of sediment particles between the active layer <strong>and</strong> the underlying sublayer<br />

made up of material with size fractions β is expressed by the source term:<br />

g<br />

S g<br />

∂<br />

Sfg<br />

=−(1 −p) (( zB<br />

−hm) β )<br />

∂t<br />

with β = β in case of aggradation (active layer is rising) <strong>and</strong> β = β Sg<br />

in case of erosion.<br />

(RI-2.10)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.2-5<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R I - 2.2-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

2.3 Lateral <strong>Transport</strong><br />

The lateral transport occurring on a transverse bed slope is determined according to the<br />

approach of (Ikeda 1982):<br />

q<br />

⎛<br />

τ<br />

Bcr<br />

, g<br />

B ,<br />

1.5<br />

g xy<br />

= Sx ⎜<br />

B yy<br />

τ<br />

Bx , ⎟<br />

g,<br />

⎝<br />

⎞<br />

⎠<br />

q (RI-2.11)<br />

q<br />

where: S<br />

x<br />

= bed slope in x direction,<br />

B ,<br />

= bed load of fraction in y direction <strong>and</strong><br />

g yy<br />

g<br />

τ = critical shear stress of the individual grain class.<br />

Bcr<br />

, g<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.3-1<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R I - 2.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />

References<br />

Agoshkov, V. I., A. Quarteroni, et al. (1994). "Recent Developments in the Numerical-<br />

Simulation of Shallow-Water Equations .1. Boundary-Conditions." Applied Numerical<br />

Mathematics 15(2): 175-200.<br />

Bechteler, W., M. Nujić, et al. (1993). Program Package “FLOODSIM“ <strong>and</strong> ist Application.<br />

Beffa, C. J. (1994). Praktische Lösung der tiefengemittelten Flchwassergleichungen.<br />

Versuchsanstalt für Wasserbau,Hydrologie und Glaziologie (VAW). Zürich, <strong>ETH</strong><br />

Zürich.<br />

Chaudhry, M. H. (1993). Open-Channel Flow. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice Hall.<br />

Cunge, J. A., F. M. J. Holly, et al. (1980). Practical aspects of computational river hydraulics.<br />

London, Pitman.<br />

Günter, A. (1971). Die kritische mittlere Sohlenschubspannung bei Geschiebemischung<br />

unter Berücksichtigung der Deckscichtbildung und der turbulenzbedingten<br />

Sohlenschubspannungsschwankungen. Versuchsanstalt für Wasserbau,Hydrologie<br />

und Glaziologie (VAW). Zürich, <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich.<br />

Hunziker, R. P. (1995). Fraktionsweiser Geschiebetransport. Versuchsanstalt für<br />

Wasserbau,Hydrologie und Glaziologie (VAW). Zürich, <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich.<br />

Hunziker, R. P. <strong>and</strong> M. N. R. Jaeggi (1988). Numerische Simulation des Geschiebehaushalts<br />

der Emme. Interprävent, Graz.<br />

Hunziker, R. P. <strong>and</strong> M. N. R. Jaeggi (2002). "Grain sorting processes." Journal of Hydraulic<br />

Engineering-Asce 128(12): 1060-1068.<br />

Ikeda, S. (1982). "Lateral Bed-Load <strong>Transport</strong> on Side Slopes." Journal of the Hydraulics<br />

Division-Asce 108(11): 1369-1373.<br />

Marti, C. (2006). Morphologie von verzweigten Gerinnen Ansätze zur Abfluss-,<br />

Geschiebetransport und Kolktiefenberechnung. Versuchsanstalt für<br />

Wasserbau,Hydrologie und Glaziologie (VAW). Zürich, <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich.<br />

Meyer-Peter, E. <strong>and</strong> R. Müller (1948). Formulas for Bed-Load <strong>Transport</strong>. 2nd Meeting IAHR,<br />

Stockholm, Sweden, IAHR.<br />

Nujić, M. (1998). Praktischer Einsatz eines hochgenauen Verfahrens für die Berechnung von<br />

tiefengemittelten Strömungen. Institut für Wasserwesen. München, Universität der<br />

Bundeswehr München.<br />

Parker, G. (1990). "Surface-based bedload transport relation for gravel rivers." Journal of<br />

Hydraulic Reasearch 28(4): 417-436.<br />

Parker, G., P. C. Klingeman, et al. (1982). "Bedlaod <strong>and</strong> size distribution in paved gravel-bed<br />

streams." Journal of Hydraulic Division, ASCE(108): 544-571.<br />

Pr<strong>and</strong>tl, L. (1942). "Comments on the theory of free turbulence." Zeitschrift Fur Angew<strong>and</strong>te<br />

Mathematik Und Mechanik 22: 241-243.<br />

Shields, A. (1936). Anwendungen der Ähnlichkeitsmechanik und der Turbulenzforschung auf<br />

die Geschiebebewegungen. Preussische Versuchsanstalt für Wasserbau und<br />

Schiffbau. Berlin, Deutschl<strong>and</strong>.<br />

Van Rijn, L. C. (1984). "<strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong>, Part II: Suspended Load <strong>Transport</strong>." Journal of<br />

Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE 110(11).<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006<br />

R I - References


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Table of Contents<br />

1 General View ....................................................................................... 1-1<br />

2 Methods for Solving the Flow Equations<br />

2.1 Fundamentals .................................................................................................... 2.1-1<br />

2.1.1 Finite Volume Method.................................................................................. 2.1-1<br />

2.1.2 The Riemann Problem.................................................................................. 2.1-3<br />

2.1.3 Riemann Solvers........................................................................................... 2.1-4<br />

2.2 Saint-Venant Equations .................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />

2.2.1 Spatial Discretization .................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />

2.2.2 Discrete Form of Equations.......................................................................... 2.2-1<br />

2.2.3 Discretisation of Source Terms .................................................................... 2.2-2<br />

2.2.4 Discretisation of Boundary conditions.......................................................... 2.2-7<br />

2.2.5 Solution Procedure ....................................................................................... 2.2-9<br />

2.3 Shallow Water Equations ................................................................................. 2.3-1<br />

2.3.1 Discrete Form of Equations.......................................................................... 2.3-1<br />

2.3.2 Discretization of Source Terms .................................................................... 2.3-4<br />

2.3.3 Discretization of Boundary Conditions ......................................................... 2.3-8<br />

2.3.4 Solution Procedure ..................................................................................... 2.3-12<br />

3 Solution of <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> Equations<br />

3.1 General Vertical Partition ................................................................................. 3.1-1<br />

3.1.1 Vertical Discretization ................................................................................... 3.1-1<br />

3.1.2 Determination of Layer Thickness................................................................ 3.1-2<br />

3.2 One Dimensional <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong>............................................................ 3.2-1<br />

3.2.1 Spatial Discretisation .................................................................................... 3.2-1<br />

3.2.2 Discrete form of equations........................................................................... 3.2-2<br />

3.2.3 Solution Procedure ....................................................................................... 3.2-9<br />

3.3 Two Dimensional <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> ........................................................... 3.3-1<br />

3.3.1 Spatial Discretization .................................................................................... 3.3-1<br />

3.3.2 Discrete Form of Equations.......................................................................... 3.3-1<br />

3.3.3 Solution Procedure ....................................................................................... 3.3-2<br />

4 Time Discretization <strong>and</strong> Stability Issues<br />

4.1 Explicit Schemes................................................................................................ 4.1-1<br />

4.1.1 Euler First Order ........................................................................................... 4.1-1<br />

4.2 Determination of Time Step Size..................................................................... 4.2-1<br />

4.2.1 Hydrodynamic............................................................................................... 4.2-1<br />

4.2.2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> ...................................................................................... 4.2-1<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006<br />

R II - i


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

List of Figures<br />

Fig. 1: Triangular Finite Elements of a Two-Dimensional Domain..............................................2.1-1<br />

Fig. 2: Two-Dimensional Finite Volume Mesh: (a) Cell Centered mesh (b) Cell Vertex mesh.....2.1-2<br />

Fig. 3: Initial Data for Riemann Problem .....................................................................................2.1-3<br />

Fig. 4: Possible Wave Patterns in the Solution of Riemann Problem (5-5)...................................2.1-4<br />

Fig. 5: Piecewise constant data of Godunov upwind method ........................................................2.1-5<br />

Fig. 6: Definition sketch.................................................................................................................2.2-1<br />

Fig. 7: Simple cross section ...........................................................................................................2.2-4<br />

Fig. 8: Conveyance computation of a channel with a flat zone .....................................................2.2-4<br />

Fig. 9: Cross section with flood plains <strong>and</strong> main channel.............................................................2.2-5<br />

Fig. 10: Cross section with definition of a bed ................................................................................2.2-5<br />

Fig. 11: Cross section with flood plains <strong>and</strong> definition of a bed bottom .........................................2.2-6<br />

Fig. 12: Geometry of a Computational Cell Ω i<br />

in FV ...................................................................2.3-2<br />

Fig. 13: A Triangular Cell ...............................................................................................................2.3-5<br />

Fig. 14: Water volume over a cell....................................................................................................2.3-6<br />

Fig. 15: Partially wet cell ................................................................................................................2.3-7<br />

Fig. 16: Flow over a weir ..............................................................................................................2.3-10<br />

Fig. 17: Outlet cross section with a weir .......................................................................................2.3-10<br />

Fig. 18: Schematic representation of a mesh with dry, partial wet <strong>and</strong> wet elements ...................2.3-11<br />

Fig. 19: Wetting process of a element............................................................................................2.3-12<br />

Fig. 20: The logical flow of data through BASEplane...................................................................2.3-13<br />

Fig. 21: Data flow through the hydrodynamic routine ..................................................................2.3-14<br />

Fig. 22: Data flow through the morphodynmic routine .................................................................2.3-14<br />

Fig. 23: Vertical discretization of a computational cell ..................................................................3.1-1<br />

Fig. 24: Soil discretization in a cross section ..................................................................................3.2-1<br />

Fig. 25: Effect of bed load on cross section geometry .....................................................................3.2-2<br />

Fig. 26: Distribution of sediment area change over the cross section.............................................3.2-7<br />

Fig. 27: Uncoupled asynchronous solution procedure consisting of sequential steps.....................3.3-3<br />

Fig. 28: Composition of the given overall calculation time step<br />

Δ tseq<br />

...........................................3.3-3<br />

R II - ii<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

II<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

1 General View<br />

There is great improvement in the development of numerical models for free surface flows<br />

<strong>and</strong> sediment movement in the last decade. The presented number of publications about<br />

these subjects proves this clearly. The SWE <strong>and</strong> the sediment flow equation are a nonlinear,<br />

coupled partial differential equations system. A unique analytical solution is only possible for<br />

idealised <strong>and</strong> simple conditions. For practical cases, it is required to implement the<br />

numerical methods. A numerical solution arises from the discretization of the equations.<br />

There are different methods to discretize the equations such as:<br />

- Finite difference………….(FD)<br />

- Finite volume…………….(FV)<br />

- Finite element…………….(FE)<br />

- Characteristic Method……(CM)<br />

It is normally distinguished between temporal <strong>and</strong> spatial discretization of continuum<br />

equations. The latter can be undertaken on different forms of grids such as Cartesian, nonorthogonal,<br />

structured <strong>and</strong> unstructured, while the former is usually done by a FD scheme in<br />

time direction, which can be explicit or implicit. The explicit method is usually used for<br />

strong unsteady flows.<br />

In FD methods the partial derivations of equations are approximated by using Taylor series.<br />

This method is particularly appropriate for an equidistant Cartesian mesh.<br />

In FV methods; the partial derivations of equations are not directly approximated like in FD<br />

methods. Instead of that, the equations are integrated over a volume, which is defined by<br />

nodes of grids on the mesh. The volume integral terms will be replaced by surface integrals<br />

using the Gauss formula. These surface integrals define the convective <strong>and</strong> diffusive fluxes<br />

through the surfaces. Due to the integration over the volume, the method is fully<br />

conservative. This is an important property of FV methods. It is known that in order to<br />

simulate discontinuous transition phenomena such as flood propagation, one must use<br />

conservative numerical methods. In fact, 40 years ago Lax <strong>and</strong> Wendroff proved<br />

mathematically that conservative numerical methods, if convergent, do converge to the<br />

correct solution of the equations. More recently, Hou <strong>and</strong> LeFloch proved a complementary<br />

theorem, which says that if a non-conservative method is used, then the wrong solution will<br />

be computed, if this contains a discontinuity such as a shock wave (Toro 2001).<br />

The FE methods originated from the structural analysis field as a result of many years of<br />

research, mainly between 1940 <strong>and</strong> 1960. In this method the problem domain is ideally<br />

subdivided into a collection of small regions, of finite dimensions, called finite elements. The<br />

elements have either a triangular or a quadrilateral form (Fig. 1) <strong>and</strong> can be rectilinear or<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 1-1<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

curved. After subdivision of the domain, the solution of discrete problem is assumed to have<br />

a prescribed form. This representation of the solution is strongly linked to the geometric<br />

division of sub domains <strong>and</strong> characterized by the prescribed nodal values of the mesh.<br />

These prescribed nodal values must be determined in such way that the partial differential<br />

equations are satisfied. The errors of the assumed prescribed solution are computed over<br />

each element <strong>and</strong> then the error must be minimised over the whole system. One way to do<br />

this is to multiply the error with some weighting function ω ( x,<br />

y)<br />

, integrate over the region<br />

<strong>and</strong> require that this weighted-average error is zero. The finite volume method has been<br />

used in this study; therefore it is explained in more detailed.<br />

In this chapter it will be reviewed how the governing equations comprising the SWE <strong>and</strong> the<br />

bed-updating equation, can be numerically approximated with accuracy. The first section<br />

studies the fundamentals of the applied methods, namely the finite volume method <strong>and</strong><br />

subsequently the hydro- <strong>and</strong> morphodynamic models are discussed. In section on the<br />

hydrodynamic model, the numerical approximate formulation of the SWE, the flux<br />

estimation based on the Riemann problem <strong>and</strong> solver <strong>and</strong> related problems such as<br />

boundary conditions will be analyzed. In the section on morphodynamics, the numerical<br />

detemination of the bed stress <strong>and</strong> the numerical treatment of bed slope stability will be<br />

discussed as well as numerical approximation of the bed-updating equation.<br />

R II - 1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2 Methods for Solving the Flow Equations<br />

2.1 Fundamentals<br />

2.1.1 Finite Volume Method<br />

The basic laws of fluid dynamics <strong>and</strong> sediment flow are conservation equations; they are<br />

statements that express the conservation of mass, momentum <strong>and</strong> energy in a volume<br />

enclosed by a surface. Conversion of these laws into partial differential equations requires<br />

sufficient regularity of the solutions.<br />

Fig. 1: Triangular Finite Elements of a Two-Dimensional Domain<br />

This condition of regularity cannot always undoubtedly be guaranteed. The case of occurring<br />

of discontinuities is a situation where an accurate representation of the conservation laws is<br />

important in a numerical method. In other words, it is extremely important that these<br />

conservation equations are accurately represented in their integral form. The most natural<br />

method to achieve this is obviously to discretize the integral form of the equations <strong>and</strong> not<br />

the differential form. This is the basis of the finite volume (FV) method. Actually the finite<br />

volume method is in fact in the classification of the weighted residual method (FE) <strong>and</strong><br />

hence it is conceptually different from the finite difference method. The weighted function<br />

is chosen equal unity in the finite volume method.<br />

In this method, the flow field or domain is subdivided, as in the finite element method, into<br />

a set of non-overlapping cells that cover the whole domain on which the equations are<br />

applied. On each cell the conservation laws are applied to determine the flow variables in<br />

some discrete points of the cells, called nodes, which are at typical locations of the cells<br />

such as cell centres (cell centred mesh) or cell-vertices (cell vertex mesh) (Fig. 2).<br />

Obviously, there is basically considerable freedom in the choice of the cell shapes. They can<br />

be triangular, quadrilateral etc. <strong>and</strong> generate a structured or an unstructured mesh. Due to<br />

this unstructured form ability, very complex geometries can be h<strong>and</strong>led with ease. This is<br />

clearly an important advantage of the method. Additionally the solution on the cell is not<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.1-1<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

strongly linked to the geometric representation of the domain. This is another important<br />

advantage of the finite volume method in contrast to the finite element method.<br />

Fig. 2: Two-Dimensional Finite Volume Mesh: (a) Cell Centered mesh (b) Cell Vertex mesh<br />

R II - 2.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2.1.2 The Riemann Problem<br />

Formally, the Riemann problem is defined as an initial-value problem (IVP):<br />

( )<br />

Ut<br />

+ Fx<br />

U = 0 ⎫<br />

⎪<br />

⎧UL<br />

∀ x < 0⎬<br />

U ( x,0)<br />

= ⎨<br />

R<br />

∀ x > 0<br />

⎪<br />

⎩U<br />

⎭<br />

(RII-2.1)<br />

Here equations (4-7) <strong>and</strong> (4-8) are considered for the x-split of SWE. The initial states<br />

U with<br />

R<br />

U = L<br />

⎛ hL<br />

⎞<br />

⎜ ⎟<br />

uh<br />

L L<br />

⎜vh<br />

⎟<br />

⎝ L L ⎠<br />

; U = R<br />

⎛ hR<br />

⎞<br />

⎜ ⎟<br />

uh<br />

R R<br />

⎜vh<br />

⎟<br />

⎝ R R⎠<br />

U<br />

L<br />

,<br />

are constant vectors <strong>and</strong> present conditions to the left of axes x = 0 <strong>and</strong> to the right x = 0 ,<br />

respectively (Fig. 3).<br />

U<br />

U L<br />

U R<br />

Fig. 3: Initial Data for Riemann Problem<br />

There are four possible wave patterns that may occur in the solution of the Riemann<br />

problem. These are depicted in Fig. 4. In general, the left <strong>and</strong> right waves are shocks <strong>and</strong><br />

rarefactions, while the middle wave is always a shear wave. A shock is a discontinuity that<br />

travels with Rankine-Hugoniot shock speed. A rarefaction is a smoothly varying solution<br />

which is a function of the variable x/t only <strong>and</strong> exists if the eigenvalues of J =∂F( U)/<br />

∂U<br />

are all real <strong>and</strong> the eigenvectors are complete. The water depth <strong>and</strong> the normal velocity are<br />

both constant across the shear wave, while the tangential velocity component changes<br />

discontinuously. (See Toro (1997) for details about Riemann problem)<br />

By solving the IVP of Riemann (RII-2.1), the desired outward flux ( )<br />

origin of local axes x = 0 <strong>and</strong> the time t = 0 can be obtained.<br />

F U which is at the<br />

Shear Wave<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.1-3<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Rarefaction<br />

Shock<br />

Fig. 4: Possible Wave Patterns in the Solution of Riemann Problem (5-5)<br />

2.1.3 Riemann Solvers<br />

An algorithm, which solves the Riemann initial-value problem is called Riemann solver. The<br />

idea of Riemann solver application in numerical methods was used for the first time by<br />

Godunov (1959). He presented a shock-capturing method, which has the ability to resolve<br />

strong wave interaction <strong>and</strong> flows including steep gradients such as bores <strong>and</strong> shear waves.<br />

The so called Godunov type upwind methods originate from the work of Godunov. These<br />

methods have become a mature technology in the aerospace industry <strong>and</strong> in scientific<br />

disciplines, such as astrophysics. The Riemann solver application to SWE is more recent. It<br />

was first attempted by Glaister (1988) as a pioneering attack on shallow water flow<br />

problems in 1d cases.<br />

In the algorithm pioneered by Godunov, the initial data in each cell on either side of an<br />

interface is presented by piecewise constant states with a discontinuity at the cell interface<br />

(Fig. 5). At the interface the Riemann problem is solved exactly. The exact solution in each<br />

cell is then replaced by new piecewise constant approximation. Godunov’s method is<br />

conservative <strong>and</strong> satisfies an entropy condition (Delis et al. 2000). The solution of Godunov<br />

is an exact solution of Riemann problem; however, the exact solution is related to a<br />

simplified problem since the initial data is approximated in each cell.<br />

R II - 2.1-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Fig. 5: Piecewise constant data of Godunov upwind method<br />

To compute numerical solutions by Godunov type methods, the exact Riemann solver or<br />

approximate Riemann solver can be used. The choice between the exact <strong>and</strong> approximate<br />

Riemann Solvers depends on:<br />

- Computational cost<br />

- Simplicity <strong>and</strong> applicability<br />

- Correctness<br />

Correctness seems to be the overriding criterion; however the applicability can be also very<br />

important. Toro argued that for the shallow water equations, the argument of computational<br />

cost is not as strong as for the Euler equations. For the SWE approximate Riemann solvers<br />

may lead to savings in computation time of the order of 20%, with respect to the exact<br />

Riemann solvers (Toro 2001). However, due to the iterative approach of the exact Riemann<br />

solver on SWE, its implementation of this will be more complicated if some extra equations,<br />

such as dispersion <strong>and</strong> turbulence equations, are solved together with SWE. Since for these<br />

new equations new Riemann solvers are needed, which include new iterative approaches,<br />

complications seem inevitable. Therefore, an approximate solution which retains the<br />

relevant features of the exact solution is desirable. This led to the implementation of<br />

approximate Riemann solvers which are non-iterative <strong>and</strong> therefore, in general, more<br />

efficient than the exact solvers.<br />

Several researchers in aerodynamics have developed approximate Riemann solvers for the<br />

Euler equations, such as Flux Difference Splitting (FDS) by Roe (1981), Flux Vector Splitting<br />

(FVS) by Vanleer (1982) <strong>and</strong> approximate Riemann Solver by Harten et al. (1983); Osher <strong>and</strong><br />

Solomon (1982). The first two approximate Riemann solvers have been frequently used in<br />

aerodynamics as well as in hydrodynamics. The HLL approximate Riemann solver devised<br />

by Harten et al. (1983) is used widely in shallow water models. It is a vector flux splitting<br />

scheme as well as a Godunov-type scheme based on the two-wave assumption. The HLL<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.1-5<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

solver is very efficient <strong>and</strong> robust for many inviscid applications such as SWE. In addition to<br />

the Exact Riemann solver the HLL solver has been implemented in the code.<br />

R II - 2.1-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2.2 Saint-Venant Equations<br />

2.2.1 Spatial Discretization<br />

The time discretization is based on the explicit Euler schema, where the new values are<br />

calculated considering only values from the precedent time step.<br />

The spatial discretization of the Saint Venant equations is carried out by the finite volume<br />

method, where the differential equations are integrated over the single elements.<br />

Fig. 6: Definition sketch<br />

It is assumed that values, which are known at the cross section location, are constant within<br />

the element. Throughout this section it therefore can be stated that:<br />

x iR<br />

∫ f ( x)d x≈ f( xi)( xiR − xiL)<br />

= fiΔxi<br />

(RII-2.2)<br />

xL<br />

where x<br />

iR<br />

<strong>and</strong> x iL<br />

are the positions of the edges at the east <strong>and</strong> the west side of element i,<br />

as illustrated in Fig. 6.<br />

2.2.2 Discrete Form of Equations<br />

2.2.2.1 Continuity Equation<br />

Equation 2 is integrated over the element:<br />

x iR<br />

∫ ⎛∂A ∂Q ⎞<br />

⎜ + − q<br />

l ⎟d x = 0<br />

⎝ ∂t<br />

∂x<br />

⎠<br />

(RII-2.3)<br />

xL<br />

The different parts of the equation are discretized as follows:<br />

xiR<br />

t+<br />

1 t<br />

∂Ai ∂Ai Ai − Ai<br />

∫ dx ≈ Δxi<br />

≈ Δxi<br />

∂t ∂t Δt<br />

xiL<br />

(RII-2.4)<br />

xiR<br />

∂Qi<br />

∫ d x = Q ( x<br />

iR) − Q ( x<br />

iL)<br />

=Φc, iR<br />

−Φc,<br />

iL<br />

∂x<br />

xiL<br />

(RII-2.5)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-1<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

xiR<br />

∫ qld x≈qiR( xiR − xi ) + qiL( xi −xiL)<br />

(RII-2.6)<br />

xiL<br />

Φ<br />

ciR ,<br />

<strong>and</strong> Φ<br />

ciL ,<br />

are the continuity fluxes calculated by the Riemann solver <strong>and</strong> q<br />

iR<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

the lateral sources in the corresponding river segments.<br />

q<br />

iL<br />

For the explicit time discretization the new value of A will be:<br />

+ Δt<br />

Δt<br />

A = A − ( Φ −Φ ) − ( q ( x − x ) + q ( x −x<br />

))<br />

t 1 t<br />

i i c, iR c,<br />

iL iR i iR iL iL i<br />

Δxi<br />

Δxi<br />

(RII-2.7)<br />

2.2.2.2 Momentum Equation<br />

Assuming that the lateral in <strong>and</strong> outflows do not contribute to the momentum balance, thus<br />

neglecting the last term of equation (RI-1.9), <strong>and</strong> integrating over the element, the<br />

momentum equation becomes:<br />

xiR<br />

2<br />

⎛∂Q<br />

∂ ⎛ Q ⎞<br />

⎞<br />

∫ ⎜<br />

+ ⎜β<br />

⎟+ ∑ Sources<br />

dx<br />

= 0<br />

(RII-2.8)<br />

∂t ∂x A<br />

⎟<br />

xiL<br />

⎝ ⎝ red ⎠<br />

⎠<br />

The different parts of the equation are discretized as follows:<br />

xiR<br />

t+<br />

1 t<br />

∂Qi ∂Qi Qi −Qi<br />

∫ dx ≈ Δxi<br />

≈ Δxi<br />

(RII-2.9)<br />

∂t ∂t Δt<br />

xiL<br />

xiR<br />

2 2<br />

∂Qi<br />

Q Q<br />

∫ dx<br />

= β − β =ΦmiR<br />

,<br />

−ΦmiL<br />

,<br />

(RII-2.10)<br />

∂x A<br />

xiL red<br />

A<br />

x red<br />

iR xiL<br />

Φmir<br />

,<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

mil ,<br />

Φ are the momentum fluxes calculated by the Riemann solver.<br />

For the explicit time discretization the new value of Q will be:<br />

t+ 1 t Δt<br />

i i m iR m iL<br />

xi<br />

( , , )<br />

Q = Q − Φ −Φ + ∑ Sources<br />

(RII-2.11)<br />

Δ<br />

2.2.3 Discretisation of Source Terms<br />

2.2.2.1 Bed Slope Source Term<br />

The bed slope source term:<br />

∂zS<br />

W = gA<br />

∂ x<br />

is discretized as follows:<br />

(RII-2.12)<br />

R II - 2.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

xiR<br />

xL<br />

∂z<br />

∂z<br />

⎛ z − z ⎞<br />

gA dx≈gA Δx ≈gA Δx<br />

∫ (RII-2.13)<br />

S<br />

S<br />

Si , + 1 Si , −1<br />

red redi i redi ⎜ ⎟ i<br />

∂x ∂x x<br />

x<br />

i ⎝ i+ 1−xi−1<br />

⎠<br />

With the subtraction of the bed slope source term, equation (RII-2.11) becomes:<br />

t+<br />

1 t Δt<br />

⎛ zSi<br />

, + 1<br />

− zSi<br />

, −1⎞<br />

Qi = Qi − ( Φm, ir<br />

−Φm,<br />

il) −ΔtgAredi⎜ ⎟<br />

Δxi ⎝ xi+ 1−xi−1<br />

⎠<br />

(RII-2.14)<br />

2.2.2.2 Friction Source Term<br />

The friction source term:<br />

Fr = gA<br />

red<br />

S f<br />

is simply calculated with the local values:<br />

x iR<br />

∫ gAred Sfidx ≈ gArediSfiΔxi<br />

(RII-2.15)<br />

xL<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

S<br />

fi<br />

t t<br />

Qi<br />

Qi<br />

= (RII-2.16)<br />

t<br />

( K ) 2<br />

i<br />

This computation form however leads to problems if the element was dry in the precedent<br />

time step, because in this case A , <strong>and</strong> thus K , become very small, <strong>and</strong> Sf<br />

i<br />

very large.<br />

This leads to numerical instabilities. For this reason a semi-implicit approach has been<br />

applied, which considers the discharge of the present time step:<br />

S<br />

fi<br />

t+<br />

1 t<br />

Qi<br />

Qi<br />

= (RII-2.17)<br />

t<br />

( Ki<br />

)<br />

2<br />

Consequently instead of simply subtracting the source term from equation (RII-2.14), the<br />

following operation is executed on the new Q :<br />

Q<br />

Q<br />

t 1<br />

t + +<br />

1 i<br />

i<br />

=<br />

t t<br />

ΔtQi<br />

gAi<br />

1+<br />

t<br />

( Ki<br />

)<br />

2<br />

(RII-2.18)<br />

In this way for a very small conveyance the discharge tends to 0.<br />

2.2.2.3 Hydraulic Radius<br />

The hydraulic radius <strong>and</strong> the conveyance of a cross section are calculated by different ways<br />

for different types of cross sections, depending on the geometry which is specified by the<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-3<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

user. The cross section can be simple or composed by a main channel <strong>and</strong> flood plains.<br />

Additionally it can have a bed bottom.<br />

1. Simple cross section without definition of bed (Fig. 7)<br />

For the simple cross section the hydraulic radius is calculated by the sum of the hydraulic<br />

radius of all slices. The conveyance is then calculated for the whole cross section.<br />

R<br />

i<br />

A<br />

P<br />

Fig. 7: Simple cross section<br />

i<br />

= (RII-2.19)<br />

i<br />

R = ∑ R (RII-2.20)<br />

i<br />

A= ∑ A (RII-2.21)<br />

i<br />

K = c gRA<br />

(RII-2.22)<br />

f<br />

If there are slices with nearly horizontal ground however, this computation mode can lead to<br />

jumps in the water level-conveyance graph. This is dangerous if we store the conveyance in<br />

a table, from which values will be read by interpolation. If the conveyance is calculated by<br />

adding the conveyances of the single slides the jump is avoided, but this method leads to an<br />

underestimation of the conveyance for the heights higher than the step. The problem is<br />

illustrated by the dimensionless example in Fig. 8.<br />

250<br />

calculated w ith the total hydraulic radius<br />

sum of the conveyances of all slices<br />

200<br />

conveyance<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4<br />

water surface elevation<br />

Fig. 8: Conveyance computation of a channel with a flat zone<br />

R II - 2.2-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Such flat zones in practice occur especially for cross sections composed by a main channel<br />

<strong>and</strong> flood plains. For this reason this type of cross section can be specified <strong>and</strong> will be<br />

treated differently. Such a cross section is illustrated in Fig. 9.<br />

Fig. 9: Cross section with flood plains <strong>and</strong> main channel<br />

2. Cross section with definition of bed (Fig. 10)<br />

In this case the conveyances <strong>and</strong> the discharge are calculated separately for each part of the<br />

cross section <strong>and</strong> the discharges are then added.<br />

Additionally to the distinction of flood plains <strong>and</strong> main channel, a bed bottom can be<br />

specified for both simple <strong>and</strong> composed cross sections. In this case for the computation of<br />

the hydraulic radius of the main channel are considered the distinct influence areas of<br />

bottom, walls <strong>and</strong>, if existing, interfaces to the flood plains. In Fig. 10 is illustrated the case<br />

without flood plains or a water level below them.<br />

Fig. 10: Cross section with definition of a bed<br />

The conveyance in this case is calculated by the following steps:<br />

A<br />

= R P<br />

(RII-2.23)<br />

b b b<br />

Atot = Awl + Awr + Ab<br />

(RII-2.24)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-5<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

R<br />

b<br />

=<br />

k<br />

3/2<br />

stb<br />

Atot<br />

⎛ P P P<br />

⎜ + +<br />

⎝k k k<br />

wl b wr<br />

3/2 3/2 3/2<br />

StWl Stb StWr<br />

⎞<br />

⎟<br />

⎠<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

(RII-2.25)<br />

Kb = cf gRbAb<br />

(RII-2.26)<br />

U<br />

K<br />

b<br />

mb<br />

= S<br />

(RII-2.27)<br />

Ab<br />

Qb = UmbAb<br />

(RII-2.28)<br />

Atot<br />

Qw U ⎛ ⎞<br />

=<br />

mb⎜<br />

−RbPb⎟<br />

⎝1.05<br />

⎠<br />

b<br />

w<br />

(RII-2.29)<br />

Q= Q + Q<br />

(RII-2.30)<br />

K = Q/<br />

S<br />

(RII-2.31)<br />

Qb Qw Kb Kb ⎛ Atot ⎞ ⎛ A ⎞<br />

tot<br />

K = Kb + Kw = + = RbPb + ⎜ − RbPb⎟= Kb + Kb⎜<br />

−1⎟<br />

S S Ab Ab ⎝1.05 ⎠ ⎝1.05Ab<br />

⎠<br />

Fig. 11 shows the case of a water level higher than the flood plains.<br />

(RII-2.32)<br />

Fig. 11: Cross section with flood plains <strong>and</strong> definition of a bed bottom<br />

R II - 2.2-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

In this case two more partial areas are distinguished for the computation of the hydraulic<br />

radius of the bed <strong>and</strong>:<br />

R<br />

b<br />

=<br />

k<br />

3/2<br />

Stb<br />

Atot<br />

⎛ P P P P P<br />

⎜ + + + +<br />

⎝k k k k k<br />

il wl b wr ir<br />

3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2<br />

Stil Stwl Stb Stwr Stir<br />

. (RII-2.33)<br />

⎞<br />

⎟<br />

⎠<br />

2.2.4 Discretisation of Boundary conditions<br />

While normally the edges are placed in the middle between two cross sections, which are<br />

related to the elements, at the boundaries the left edge of the first upstream element <strong>and</strong><br />

the right edge of the last downstream element are situated at the same place as the cross<br />

sections themselves. Thus there is no distance between the edge <strong>and</strong> the cross section.<br />

2.2.2.1 Inlet Boundary<br />

The boundary condition is applied to the left edge of the first element, where it serves to<br />

determine the fluxes over the element side. If there is no water coming in, these fluxes are<br />

simply set to 0.<br />

If there is an inlet flux it must be given as a hydrograph. The given discharge is directly used<br />

as the continuity flux, whereas for the computation of the momentum flux, A<br />

red<br />

<strong>and</strong> β are<br />

determined in the first cross section (which has the same location).<br />

Φ = Q<br />

(RII-2.34)<br />

c,1R bound<br />

( Q )<br />

bound<br />

Φ<br />

m,1R<br />

= β1<br />

(RII-2.35)<br />

Ared1<br />

For the computation of the bed source term in the first cell, the values in the cell are used<br />

instead of the lacking upstream values:<br />

W<br />

⎛ z<br />

− z<br />

S,2 S,1<br />

1<br />

= Ared1⎜ ⎟<br />

x2 − x1<br />

⎝<br />

⎞<br />

⎠<br />

(RII-2.36)<br />

2.2.2.2 Outlet Boundary<br />

weir <strong>and</strong> gate:<br />

n 1<br />

The wetted area A −<br />

N<br />

of the last cross section at the previous time step is used to<br />

determine the water surface elevation z<br />

SN ,<br />

. With z<br />

SN , , the wetted area of the weir or gate<br />

<strong>and</strong> finally the out flowing discharge Q are calculated, which are used for the computation<br />

of the flux over the outflow edge:<br />

Φ = (RII-2.37)<br />

cNL ,<br />

Qweir<br />

( Q ) 2<br />

weir<br />

Φ<br />

mNL ,<br />

= (RII-2.38)<br />

Aweir<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-7<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

z(t) <strong>and</strong> z(Q):<br />

If the given boundary condition is a time evolution of the water surface elevation or a rating<br />

curve, the discharge Q is taken from the last cell <strong>and</strong> time step. In the case of a rating curve<br />

it is used to determine the water surface elevation z S<br />

. The given elevation is used to<br />

calculate A <strong>and</strong> β in the last cross section:<br />

Φ = (RII-2.39)<br />

cNL ,<br />

t 1<br />

Q −<br />

N<br />

t−1<br />

( Q ) 2<br />

N<br />

Φ<br />

m,<br />

NL<br />

= βbound<br />

(RII-2.40)<br />

A<br />

bound<br />

In/out:<br />

With the boundary condition in/out the flux over the outflow edge is just equal to the inflow<br />

flux of the last cell:<br />

Φ =Φ (RII-2.41)<br />

cLl , cNR ,<br />

Φ =Φ (RII-2.42)<br />

mNL , mNR ,<br />

For the computation of the bed source term in the last cell, the values in the cell are used<br />

instead of the lacking downstream values:<br />

W<br />

N<br />

⎛ z<br />

− z<br />

SN , SN , −1<br />

= AredN<br />

⎜ ⎟<br />

xN<br />

− xN−<br />

1<br />

⎝<br />

⎞<br />

⎠<br />

(RII-2.43)<br />

2.2.2.3 Moving Boundaries<br />

Boundaries are always considered to be on an edge. A moving boundary appears if one of<br />

the cells, limited by the edge, is dry. In this case some changes have to be considered for<br />

the computations:<br />

Flux over an internal edge:<br />

If in one of the cells the water depth at the lowest point of the cross section is lower than<br />

the dry depth h<br />

min<br />

, the energy level in the other cell is computed. If this is lower than the<br />

water surface elevation in the dry cell the flow over the edge is 0. Otherwise it is calculated<br />

normally.<br />

Bed source:<br />

For the computation of the bed source term in the case of the upstream or downstream cell<br />

being dry, the local values are used as in the following example with an upstream dry cell:<br />

W<br />

i<br />

A<br />

⎛ z<br />

− z<br />

Si , + 1 Si ,<br />

=<br />

red,<br />

i⎜ ⎟<br />

xi+<br />

1<br />

− xi<br />

⎝<br />

⎞<br />

⎠<br />

(RII-2.44)<br />

R II - 2.2-8<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2.2.5 Solution Procedure<br />

a) general solution procedure of BASEchain in detail<br />

Read problem setup file<br />

If: sediment transport is active<br />

Yes<br />

Read sediment file<br />

Attribute grain classes<br />

Attribute grain mixtures<br />

Attribute sediment boundaries<br />

Attribute local sediment sources<br />

Create sediment output<br />

Attribute sediment output time step<br />

-/-<br />

No<br />

Read topography file<br />

Make computational grid<br />

If: calculation mode = “table”<br />

Yes<br />

For: each cross section<br />

Generate tables<br />

-/-<br />

No<br />

If: sediment transport is active<br />

Yes<br />

Attribute mixtures to grid -/-<br />

Attribute bed load fluxes to grid -/-<br />

Attribute sediment sources to the grid -/-<br />

No<br />

Print topography output<br />

Determine initial conditions<br />

Attribute hydrodynamic sources to grid<br />

Print initial conditions to output files<br />

Time Loop<br />

If: there are monitoring points<br />

Yes<br />

Print monitoring point files -/-<br />

No<br />

Print restart file<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-9<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

b) time loop<br />

while: total computational time


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

d) morphodynamic equations<br />

For: each element<br />

Calculate wetted width of cross section<br />

Calculate local sources<br />

For: each edge<br />

Calculate sediment fluxes<br />

For: each element<br />

Balance global material conservation<br />

Add local sources<br />

Determine bed level change for cross section<br />

For: each slice<br />

Update layer positions<br />

For: each grain class<br />

Balance material sorting equation<br />

Add local sources<br />

Calculate sediment exchange with sub layer ( source Sf)<br />

Add exchange with sub layer<br />

For: each slice<br />

Correct all <br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-11<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R II - 2.2-12<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2.3 Shallow Water Equations<br />

2.3.1 Discrete Form of Equations<br />

It has been seen that for the transformation of the differential <strong>and</strong> the integral equations into<br />

discrete algebraic equations numerical methods are used. Based on the mentioned reasons,<br />

the FV method has been used in the present work for the discretization of SWE.<br />

Equation (RI-1.34) can be rewritten in the following integral form:<br />

( )<br />

∫ U d , d d 0<br />

t<br />

Ω+ ∫∇⋅ F G Ω+ ∫ S Ω=<br />

(RII-2.45)<br />

Ω Ω Ω<br />

in which Ω equals the area of the calculation cell (Fig. 1)<br />

Using the Gauss’ relation equation (RII-2.45) becomes:<br />

( )<br />

∫ ∫ ∫<br />

U d Ω+ F, G ⋅ n d + S dΩ=<br />

0<br />

(RII-2.46)<br />

t s<br />

l<br />

Ω ∂Ω Ω<br />

Assuming<br />

written:<br />

U<br />

t<br />

<strong>and</strong> S are constant over the domain for first order accuracy, it can be<br />

1<br />

Ut<br />

+ ( , ) ⋅ nsdl+ = 0<br />

Ω ∫ F G S (RII-2.47)<br />

∂Ω<br />

Equation (RII-2.46) can be discritized by a two-phase scheme namely predictor – corrector<br />

scheme as follows:<br />

Δt<br />

U U F G n S (RII-2.48)<br />

3<br />

n+<br />

1 n n<br />

n<br />

i<br />

= - ∑<br />

i ( , ) × -<br />

i,<br />

j jlj Δt<br />

i<br />

Ω j=<br />

1<br />

where m = number of cell or element sides<br />

( FG , )<br />

i ,<br />

= numerical flux through the side of cell<br />

j<br />

= unit vector of cell side<br />

n<br />

s,<br />

i<br />

The advantage of two-phase scheme is the second order accuracy in time marching.<br />

In the FV method, the key problem is to estimate the normal flux through each side of the<br />

domain, namely (( FG , ) ⋅n s<br />

). There are several algorithms to estimate this flux. The set of<br />

SWE is hyperbolic <strong>and</strong>, therefore, it has an inherent directional property of propagation. For<br />

instance, in 1d unsteady flow, information comes from both, upstream <strong>and</strong> downstream, in<br />

sub critical cases, while information only comes from upstream in supercritical cases.<br />

Algorithms to estimate the flux should appropriately h<strong>and</strong>le this property. The Riemann<br />

solver, which is based on characteristics theory, is such an algorithm. It is the solution of<br />

Riemann Problem. The Riemann solver under the FV method formulation is especially<br />

suitable for capturing discontinuities in sub critical or supercritical flow, e.g. a dam break<br />

wave or flood propagation in a river. Due to the important role of the Riemann Solver in<br />

implementation, the theory of the Riemann problem <strong>and</strong> subsequently the Riemann solver<br />

will be briefly discussed in the following sections.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-1<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2.3.2.1 Flux Estimation<br />

Considering the integral term of flux in equation (RII-2.47), it can be written:<br />

∫<br />

∂Ω<br />

( ( ) ( )) ⋅ = ( ) θ + ( )<br />

∫ ( θ)<br />

F U , G U ns dl F U cos G U sin dl<br />

(RII-2.49)<br />

in which ≡ ( cos ,sin )<br />

Fig. 12).<br />

∂Ω<br />

n<br />

s<br />

θ θ is the outward unit vector to the boundary of domain Ω i<br />

(see<br />

Based on the rotational invariance property for F( U ) <strong>and</strong> ( )<br />

domain, it can be written according to Toro (1997):<br />

1<br />

( ( ), ( )) =<br />

−<br />

( θ) ( ( θ)<br />

)<br />

G U on the boundary of the<br />

F U G U T F T U (RII-2.50)<br />

where θ is the angle between the vector<br />

the x-axis. (see Fig. 12)<br />

n<br />

s<br />

<strong>and</strong> x-axis, measured counter clockwise from<br />

Fig. 12: Geometry of a Computational Cell Ω i<br />

in FV<br />

The rotational transformation matrix<br />

⎛1 0 0 ⎞<br />

⎜<br />

⎟<br />

T ( θ ) = 0 cosθ sinθ<br />

(RII-2.51)<br />

⎜0 −sinθ<br />

cosθ<br />

⎟<br />

⎝<br />

⎠<br />

T −1 ( θ ) = inverse of T ( θ )<br />

Using (RII-2.50), (RII-2.47) can be rewritten as:<br />

R II - 2.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

−1<br />

t<br />

+ + =<br />

∂Ω<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

1<br />

U ( θ) ( ( θ)<br />

) dl<br />

0<br />

Ω ∫ T F T U S (RII-2.52)<br />

The quantity T( θ )<br />

U is transformed of U , with velocity components in the normal <strong>and</strong><br />

tangential direction. For each cell in the computational domain, the quantity U , thus<br />

T( θ ) U may have different values, which results in a discontinuity across the interface<br />

between cells. Therefore, the two-dimensional problem in (RII-2.45) or (RII-2.47) can be<br />

h<strong>and</strong>led as a series of local Riemann problems in the normal direction to the cell interface<br />

( x ) by the equation (RII-2.52).<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-3<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2.3.2 Discretization of Source Terms<br />

2.3.2.1 Friction Source Term<br />

When treating the friction source terms, a simple explicit discretization may cause numerical<br />

instabilities if the water depth is very small. To circumvent the numerical instabilities, the<br />

frictions terms are treated in a semi-implicit way. Eq. (RII-2.48) can be split in following way<br />

Δt<br />

U U F G n S S (RII-2.53)<br />

or<br />

3<br />

n+<br />

1 n n<br />

n<br />

i<br />

=<br />

i<br />

− ∑ ( , ) ⋅ d<br />

i,<br />

j j<br />

lj +Δt Bi<br />

−Δt<br />

fi<br />

Ω j=<br />

1<br />

U = U −ΔtS (RII-2.54)<br />

n+ 1 n+<br />

1/2<br />

i i fi<br />

considering the Manning’s equation <strong>and</strong> after some algebraic manipulations, one obtains:<br />

n+<br />

1/2<br />

n 1 Ui<br />

U + i<br />

=<br />

(RII-2.55)<br />

2<br />

2 2<br />

ni ui vi<br />

1+Δtg<br />

n n<br />

( ) + ( )<br />

n<br />

4/3<br />

( hi<br />

)<br />

2.3.2.2 Bed Slope Source Term<br />

The numerical treatment of the bed slope source term is formulated based on Komaei’s<br />

method (Komai <strong>and</strong> Bechteler 2004). Regarding Eq. (RII-2.47), it is required to compute the<br />

integral of the bed slope source term over a element Ω i<br />

.<br />

⎛ ⎞<br />

⎜ 0 ⎟<br />

⎛ 0 ⎞ ⎜ ⎟<br />

⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ∂zB<br />

( x, y)<br />

⎟<br />

S<br />

BdΩ= ⎜ghSBx⎟dΩ= g h − dΩ<br />

(RII-2.56)<br />

⎜ x ⎟<br />

⎜ghS<br />

⎟<br />

∂<br />

⎝ By ⎠<br />

⎜ ⎟<br />

∂zB<br />

( x, y)<br />

−<br />

⎜<br />

∂y<br />

⎟<br />

⎝ ⎠<br />

∫∫ ∫∫ ∫∫<br />

Ω Ω Ω<br />

Assuming that the bed slope values are constant over a cell (RII-2.56) can be simplified to:<br />

∫∫<br />

Ω<br />

⎛ 0 ⎞ ⎛ 0 ⎞<br />

⎛ ⎞⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />

S B dΩ= g hdΩ SBx = gVolwater S<br />

⎜∫∫<br />

⎟⎜ ⎟ ⎜ Bx ⎟<br />

(RII-2.57)<br />

⎟<br />

⎝ Ω ⎠⎜S<br />

⎟ ⎜<br />

By<br />

S ⎟<br />

⎝ ⎠ ⎝ By⎠<br />

In order to evaluate the above integral, it is necessary to compute the bed slope of a cell <strong>and</strong><br />

the volume of the water over a cell.<br />

The bed slope of a triangular cell can be computed by using the finite element formulation<br />

as given by Hinton <strong>and</strong> Owen (1979). It is assumed that<br />

b<br />

z varies linearly over the cell (<br />

Fig. 13):<br />

R II - 2.3-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

z ( B<br />

x , y ) = α1+ α2x+ α3y<br />

(RII-2.58)<br />

∂z in which α B<br />

2 = ; α3<br />

∂ x<br />

∂z B<br />

y<br />

= ∂<br />

Fig. 13: A Triangular Cell<br />

Using the nodal information, one obtains<br />

∂zB<br />

( x, y) 1 ⎫<br />

SBx =− =− ( b1 zB,1+ b2 zB,2 + b3 zB,3<br />

)<br />

∂x<br />

2Ω ⎪<br />

∂zB<br />

( x, y) 1 ⎬<br />

SBy =− =− ( c1 zB,1+ c2 zB,2 + c3 zB,3<br />

) ⎪<br />

∂y<br />

2Ω ⎪⎭<br />

(RII-2.59)<br />

where<br />

a1 = x2y3−x3y2⎫ ⎪<br />

b1 = y2 − y3<br />

⎬<br />

c1 = x3 −x<br />

⎪<br />

2 ⎭<br />

(RII-2.60)<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

1<br />

1 1<br />

2A= 1 x y<br />

(RII-2.61)<br />

1<br />

x<br />

x<br />

y<br />

2 2<br />

y<br />

3 3<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-5<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

The water volume over a cell can also be computed by using the parametric coordinates of<br />

the Finite Element Method.<br />

Vol<br />

⎛h + h + h ⎞<br />

⎜<br />

3<br />

⎟<br />

⎝ ⎠<br />

1 2 3<br />

water<br />

= Ω<br />

where h 1 , h 2 <strong>and</strong> h 3 are the water depths at the nodes 1, 2 <strong>and</strong> 3 respectively (Fig. 14).<br />

(RII-2.62)<br />

Fig. 14: Water volume over a cell<br />

R II - 2.3-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

In the case of partially wet cells (Fig. 15) the location of the wet-dry line (a <strong>and</strong> b) has to be<br />

determined, where the water surface plane intersects the cell surface.<br />

Fig. 15: Partially wet cell<br />

Using the coordinates of a <strong>and</strong> b, the water volume over the cell can be calculated as:<br />

Vol<br />

h + h h<br />

=Ω +Ω (RII-2.63)<br />

3 3<br />

2 3 2<br />

water a32 2ba<br />

In the computation of the fluxes through the edges (1-2) <strong>and</strong> (1-3), the modified lengths are<br />

used. The modified length is computed under the assumption that the water elevation is<br />

constant over a cell.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-7<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2.3.3 Discretization of Boundary Conditions<br />

The hydrodynamic model uses the essential boundary conditions, i.e. velocity <strong>and</strong> water<br />

surface elevation are to be specified along the computational domain. The theoretical<br />

background of the boundary condition has already been already discussed in book one<br />

“Physical Models”. In this part the numerical treatment of the two most important boundary<br />

types, namely inlet <strong>and</strong> outlet will be discussed separately.<br />

2.3.2.1 Inlet Boundary<br />

There are two different types of an inlet boundary. It is sufficient to specify either the<br />

discharge or the water surface elevation at inlet boundary. In both cases the water depth<br />

<strong>and</strong> velocity will then be determined <strong>and</strong> used at the corresponding edge of the cell in the<br />

flux computation.<br />

Case A: Defined discharge Q<br />

Both steady <strong>and</strong> unsteady discharges can be specified along the inlet section,<br />

where water surface elevation <strong>and</strong> the cross-sectional area are allowed to change<br />

with time. For an unsteady discharge, the hydrograph is digitized in a data set of<br />

the form:<br />

1 1<br />

t<br />

Q<br />

…<br />

n<br />

t Q<br />

…<br />

end<br />

t Q<br />

n<br />

where Q is the total discharge inflow at time t n . The hydrograph specified in<br />

this way, can be arbitrary in shape. The total discharge is interpolated, based on<br />

the corresponding time <strong>and</strong> then distributed along the inlet section according to<br />

the local conveyance<br />

Q<br />

= K Q<br />

(RII-2.64)<br />

j j i<br />

where Q<br />

j<br />

is the discharge at the inlet edge of the cell j <strong>and</strong><br />

follows:<br />

K<br />

j<br />

=<br />

1<br />

Ω<br />

jR<br />

n<br />

j<br />

1<br />

Ω<br />

jR<br />

n<br />

∑<br />

j<br />

j<br />

2/3<br />

j<br />

2/3<br />

j<br />

n<br />

end<br />

K<br />

j<br />

is defined as<br />

(RII-2.65)<br />

where A<br />

j<br />

<strong>and</strong> R j<br />

are cross sectional area <strong>and</strong> hydraulic radius of an edge<br />

respectively. To determine these values, it is assumed to have normal depth along<br />

the inlet cross section. It is also assumed that the inlet velocity vector is<br />

perpendicular to the inlet boundary.<br />

R II - 2.3-8<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Case B: Defined water surface elevation<br />

In this case it is possible to define a time variable water surface elevation along<br />

the inlet section. The water elevation is used to calculate the water depth for each<br />

edge of the inlet cells <strong>and</strong> based on Manning’s relation the flux can be defined.<br />

The water elevation is also updated in such a way that the water slope normal to<br />

the inlet section is constant.<br />

2.3.2.2 Free surface elevation boundary<br />

As is mentioned in Tab.2 of the first part of this reference manual (RI: Mathematical<br />

Models), just one outlet boundary condition is necessary to be defined. This could be the<br />

flux, the water surface elevation or the water elevation-discharge curve at the outflow<br />

section. There is often no boundary known at the outlet. In this situation, the boundary<br />

should be modelled as a so-called free surface elevation boundary. A zero gradient<br />

assumption at the outlet could be a good choice. This could be expressed as follows:<br />

∂ = 0<br />

∂n<br />

(RII-2.66)<br />

Although this type of boundary condition has a reflection problem, numerical experiences<br />

have shown that this effect is limited just to five to ten grid nodes from the boundary.<br />

Therefore it has been suggested to slightly exp<strong>and</strong> the calculation domain in the outlet<br />

region to use this type of outlet boundary (Nujić 1998).<br />

2.3.2.3 Weir<br />

In the other possibility of outlet boundary condition namely defining a weir (Fig. 16), the<br />

discharge at the outlet is computed based on the weir function (Chanson 1999)<br />

2<br />

q = C 2g h − h<br />

3<br />

where<br />

( ) 3<br />

up weir<br />

hup − hweir<br />

C = 0.611+ 0.08 ; hup = WSE− zB<br />

<strong>and</strong> hweir = zweir − zB<br />

h<br />

weir<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-9<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Fig. 16: Flow over a weir<br />

The hydraulic <strong>and</strong> geometric parameters such as WSE, z B are the calculated variables on the<br />

adjacent elements of the outlet boundary. Here it is assumed that the water surface<br />

elevation is constant within the element. The weir elevation z weir is a time dependent<br />

parameter. Based on the weir elevation (Fig. 17) some edges of the outlet are considered as<br />

a weir <strong>and</strong> the others have free surface elevation boundary condition. In order to avoid<br />

instabilities due to the water surface fluctuations, the following condition are adopted in the<br />

program<br />

( h () t h ( t)<br />

kh )<br />

h () t h ( t)<br />

kh<br />

if<br />

up weir dry<br />

if<br />

up weir dry<br />

Fig. 17: Outlet cross section with a weir<br />

≤ + ⇒ edge is a wall<br />

> + ⇒ edge acts as weir or a free surface elevation boundary<br />

( )<br />

k is a numerical factor <strong>and</strong> has been set to 3 in this version.<br />

Fig. 17 also shows the effective computational width of a weir in a natural cross section.<br />

R II - 2.3-10<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

2.3.2.4 Moving Boundaries<br />

Natural rivers <strong>and</strong> streams are highly irregular in both plan form <strong>and</strong> topography. Their<br />

boundaries change with the time varying water level. The FV-based model with moving<br />

boundary treatment is capable of h<strong>and</strong>ling these complex <strong>and</strong> dynamic flow problems<br />

conveniently. The computational domain exp<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> contracts as the water elevation rises<br />

<strong>and</strong> falls. Obviously, the governing equations are solved only for wet cells in the<br />

computational domain. An important step of this method is to determine the water edge or<br />

the instantaneous computational boundary. A criterion, h<br />

min<br />

, is used to classify the following<br />

two types of nodes:<br />

1. A node is considered dry, if zs<br />

≤ zB<br />

+ hmin<br />

2. A node is considered wet, if zs<br />

> zB<br />

+ hmin<br />

The determination of h<br />

min<br />

is tricky, which can vary between 10 -6 m <strong>and</strong> 0.1 m. Based on the<br />

flow depth at the centre of the element we defined three different elemet categories (Fig.<br />

18):<br />

1) dry cells where the flow depth is below h<br />

min<br />

,<br />

2) partial wet cells where the flow depth above h min<br />

but not all nodes of the<br />

cell are under water <strong>and</strong><br />

3) fully wet cells where all nodes included cell centre are under water.<br />

Fig. 18: Schematic representation of a mesh with dry, partial wet <strong>and</strong> wet elements<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-11<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

By comparing the water surface elevation of two adjacent elements (Fig. 19) <strong>and</strong><br />

determining which cell is dry it was decided whether there were or not a flux through the<br />

edge.<br />

Fig. 19: Wetting process of a element<br />

Although the determination of hmin<br />

is tricky, as it mentioned above, it has been successfully<br />

used in the past, has in the range of 0.05 ~ 0.1 m for natural rivers. It can be adjusted to<br />

optimize the solution for particular flow <strong>and</strong> boundary conditions. It is suggested to consider<br />

it close to min(0.1 h ,0.1) .<br />

2.3.4 Solution Procedure<br />

The logical flow of data through BASEplane from the entry of input data to the creating of<br />

output files <strong>and</strong> the major functions of the program is illustrated in Fig. 20, Fig. 21 <strong>and</strong> Fig. 22<br />

shows the data flow through the hydrodynamic <strong>and</strong> morphodynamic routines respectively.<br />

Program main control data is read first, <strong>and</strong> then the mesh file, <strong>and</strong> then the sediment data<br />

file if there is one. Initialization of the parameters <strong>and</strong> computational values is made next. If<br />

the sediment movement computation is requested, the hydrodynamic routine will be started<br />

in cycle steps defined by user, otherwise the hydrodynamic routine is run. After the<br />

hydrodynamic routine, the morphodynamic routine is carried out next, if it is requested.<br />

Results can be printed ate end of every time steps or only at the end of selected time steps.<br />

R II - 2.3-12<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

a) general solution procedure of BASEplane<br />

Reading main control file<br />

Reading mesh files<br />

If: there is a sediment data file<br />

Yes<br />

Reading the sediment data file<br />

Initialization of parameters<br />

Continue<br />

No<br />

While: Total computational time = sediment routing start time<br />

Yes<br />

If: Total computational cycles >=<br />

hydrodynamic cycles<br />

Yes<br />

Hydrodynamic routine Continue<br />

No<br />

Hydrodynamic routine<br />

No<br />

Writing the output files for the hydrodynamic computation<br />

Advance the computational values (hydrodynamic)<br />

If: there is the sediment data file “<strong>and</strong>” total time >= sediment routing start time<br />

Yes<br />

Morphodynamic routine<br />

Writing the the output files for the<br />

morphodynamic computation<br />

Advance the computational values<br />

(morphodynamic)<br />

Continue<br />

No<br />

Computing the time step<br />

Stop<br />

Fig. 20: The logical flow of data through BASEplane<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-13<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

b) hydrodynamic routine in detail<br />

Setting the boundary conditions<br />

Reconstruction<br />

For: All edges<br />

Computing the edge values<br />

Computing Fluxes<br />

For: All edges<br />

Computation <strong>and</strong> summation of fluxes<br />

Time Evaluating<br />

For: All elements<br />

Balancing the fluxes<br />

Adding source terms<br />

Computing the conservative values<br />

Fig. 21: Data flow through the hydrodynamic routine<br />

c) morphodynamic routine in detail<br />

Setting the boundary conditions<br />

Computing Fluxes<br />

For: All edges<br />

Computation <strong>and</strong> summation of bedload fluxes<br />

Time Evaluating<br />

For: All elements<br />

Balancing the bedload fluxes<br />

Adding source terms<br />

Computing the new bed elevation<br />

Computing active layer thicknes<br />

For: all grains<br />

Adding source terms<br />

Computing new compostion<br />

Updating elements nodal elevation<br />

Fig. 22: Data flow through the morphodynmic routine<br />

R II - 2.3-14<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

3 Solution of <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> Equations<br />

3.1 General Vertical Partition<br />

3.1.1 Vertical Discretization<br />

A two phase system (water <strong>and</strong> solids) in which the sediment mixture can be represented<br />

by an arbitrary number of different grain size classes is formulated. The continuous physical<br />

domain has to be horizontally <strong>and</strong> vertically divided into control volumes to numerically solve<br />

the governing equations for the unknown variables. Fig. 23 shows a single cell of the<br />

numerical model with vertical partition into the three main control volumes: the upper layer<br />

for momentum <strong>and</strong> suspended sediment transport, the active layer for bed load sediment<br />

transport as well as bed material sorting <strong>and</strong> sub layers for sediment supply <strong>and</strong> deposition.<br />

Fig. 23: Vertical discretization of a computational cell<br />

The primary unknown variables of the upper layer are the water depth h <strong>and</strong> the specific<br />

discharge q <strong>and</strong> r in directions of Cartesian coordinates x <strong>and</strong> y. In the active layer, q<br />

Bg<br />

, x<br />

<strong>and</strong> q<br />

Bg<br />

, y<br />

are describing the specific bed load fluxes (index refers to the g -th grain size<br />

class). A change of bed elevation z<br />

B<br />

can be gained by a combination of balance equations<br />

for water <strong>and</strong> sediment <strong>and</strong> corresponding exchange terms (source terms) between the<br />

vertical layers.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.1-1<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

3.1.2 Determination of Layer Thickness<br />

The active layer is the area where bed load transport occurs <strong>and</strong> is well-defined by the bed<br />

surface at level z B<br />

<strong>and</strong> the layer immediately below it at z B<br />

− h m<br />

. The active layer is<br />

assumed to have a uniform size distribution over the depth. Its thickness hm<br />

for degradation<br />

is different than that for aggradation. For global deposition, h<br />

m<br />

corresponds to the thickness<br />

of the current deposition stratum. In case of degradation it is proportional to the erosion rate<br />

with a limitation to account for the situation of an armoured bed (Borah et al. 1982).<br />

R II - 3.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

3.2 One Dimensional <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />

3.2.1 Spatial Discretisation<br />

3.2.2.1 Soil Segments<br />

For each cross section slice a different composition of the soil can be specified. The highest<br />

layer is the active layer. Beneath the active layer a variable number of sub layers can be<br />

defined. Fig. 24 illustrates by example a possible distribution of soil types in a cross section.<br />

Each colour represents for a different grain class mixture.<br />

Fig. 24: Soil discretization in a cross section<br />

The elevation changes generated by the bed load will modify the geometry of the cross<br />

section as it is illustrated in Fig. 25. This can lead to the elimination of layers or to the<br />

creation of new ones. The grain class mixture of depositions will be the same over the<br />

whole wetted width.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-1<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Fig. 25: Effect of bed load on cross section geometry<br />

3.2.2 Discrete form of equations<br />

3.2.2.1 Advection-Diffusion Equation<br />

The suspended sediment or pollutant transport in river channels (RI-2.1) can be described by<br />

the following equation:<br />

( ) ( )<br />

∂ AC ∂ QC ∂ ⎛ C<br />

A<br />

∂ ⎞<br />

+ − ⎜ Γ ⎟=<br />

∑ Sources<br />

(RII-3.1)<br />

∂t ∂x ∂x⎝<br />

∂x<br />

⎠<br />

C is the concentration of transported particles averaged over the cross-section.<br />

For the moment the sources, which vary for different types of transport, will be set to 0.<br />

Introducing the continuity equation<br />

∂ A δQ<br />

+ = 0<br />

(RII-3.2)<br />

δt<br />

δx<br />

in equation (RII-3.1) <strong>and</strong> dividing it by A:<br />

∂ C u ∂ C 1 ∂ ⎛ C<br />

A<br />

∂ ⎞<br />

+ − ⎜ Γ ⎟=<br />

0.<br />

∂t ∂x A∂x⎝<br />

∂x<br />

⎠<br />

Equation (RII-3.3) is integrated over the element (Fig. 6)<br />

x<br />

(RII-3.3)<br />

∫<br />

iR<br />

⎛∂C u∂C 1 ∂ ⎛ ∂C⎞⎞<br />

⎜ + − ⎜AΓ ⎟ dx=<br />

0<br />

∂t ∂x A∂x ∂x<br />

⎟<br />

⎝<br />

⎝ ⎠⎠<br />

(RII-3.4)<br />

xiL<br />

<strong>and</strong> the different parts are calculated as follows:<br />

R II - 3.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

xiR<br />

t+<br />

1 t<br />

∂C ∂Ci Ci −Ci<br />

∫ d x ≈ Δ x<br />

i<br />

≈ Δ x<br />

i<br />

(RII-3.5)<br />

∂t ∂t Δt<br />

xiL<br />

x<br />

iR<br />

∂C<br />

ui ∫ d x= Ui ( C( xiR ) − C( xiL) ) = ui ( Φa, iR<br />

−Φa,<br />

iL)<br />

(RII-3.6)<br />

∂x<br />

xiL<br />

1 1 ⎛<br />

⎞ 1<br />

A x⎝ x ⎠ A ⎝ x x ⎠ A<br />

xiR<br />

∂ ⎛ ∂C⎞<br />

∂C ∂C<br />

∫ ⎜AΓ ⎟d x= AΓ −AΓ = ( ΦdiR<br />

,<br />

−ΦdiL<br />

,<br />

) (RII-3.7)<br />

i<br />

∂ ∂ ⎜ ⎟<br />

x<br />

X<br />

iL<br />

i<br />

∂ ∂<br />

iR<br />

XiL<br />

i<br />

The concentration at the new time step is:<br />

t<br />

1 1<br />

C C ( u u<br />

)<br />

t+ 1 t Δ<br />

i<br />

=<br />

i<br />

−<br />

iΦa, iR<br />

−<br />

iΦa, iL<br />

− Φ<br />

d , iR<br />

+ Φd , iL<br />

Δxi Ai Ai<br />

(RII-3.8)<br />

3.2.2.2 Computation of diffusive flux Φ<br />

diR ,<br />

The diffusive flux is calculated by finite differences.<br />

Ci+<br />

1<br />

− Ci<br />

Φ<br />

diR ,<br />

= AiRΓ<br />

−<br />

x<br />

i+<br />

1<br />

x<br />

i<br />

(RII-3.9)<br />

For the interpolation on the edge of the wetted area, known only in the cross sections, the<br />

geometric mean is used:<br />

A A A<br />

= (RII-3.10)<br />

iR i+<br />

1 i<br />

3.2.2.3 Computation of advective flux Φ<br />

aiL ,<br />

The advective flux over the edge (element boundary) will be computed by an interpolation of<br />

the values from the neighbouring elements, considering the flow direction.<br />

A general problem of the computation of the advective flux is that it leads to strong<br />

numerical diffusion. Several schemes can be used, three of them are implemented.<br />

a) QUICK-Scheme<br />

For a positive flow from left to right the quick scheme determines the flux over the<br />

upstream edge of element i by:<br />

( x −x )( x −x ) ( x −x )( x −x ) ( x −x )( x −x<br />

)<br />

Φ = C + C +<br />

C<br />

iL i−1 iL i−2 iL i−2 iL i iR i−1<br />

iR i<br />

aiL , i i−1 i−2<br />

( xi −xi− 1)( xi −xi−2) ( xi− 1−xi−2)( xi− 1−xi) ( xi−2 −xi− 1)( xi−2<br />

−xi)<br />

More in general the flux is:<br />

(RII-3.11)<br />

⎧ Ci + g1( Ci+ 1− Ci) + g2( Ci −Ci−<br />

1) → u > 0<br />

Φ<br />

aiL ,<br />

=⎨<br />

⎩Ci+ 1+ g3( Ci − Ci+ 1) + g4( Ci+ 1−Ci+<br />

2) → u<<br />

0<br />

(RII-3.12)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-3<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Between the velocities u<br />

i<br />

<strong>and</strong> u<br />

i + 1<br />

the one with the larger absolute value is determinant.<br />

( xiR −xi )( xiR −xi<br />

−1)<br />

g1<br />

=<br />

(RII-3.13)<br />

( − )( − )<br />

g<br />

g<br />

g<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

x x x x<br />

i+ 1 i i+ 1 i−1<br />

( xiR −xi )( xi+<br />

1<br />

−xiR<br />

)<br />

=<br />

( x −x )( x −x<br />

)<br />

i i− 1 i+ 1 i−1<br />

( xiR −xi+ 1)( xiR −xi+<br />

2)<br />

=<br />

( x −x )( x −x<br />

)<br />

i i+ 1 i i+<br />

2<br />

( xiR −xi+<br />

1)( xi −xiR<br />

)<br />

=<br />

( x −x )( x −x<br />

)<br />

i+ 1 i+ 2 i i+<br />

2<br />

(RII-3.14)<br />

(RII-3.15)<br />

(RII-3.16)<br />

The QUICK scheme tends to get instable, especially for the pure advection-equation with<br />

explicit solution (Chen <strong>and</strong> Falconer 1992). For this reason the more stable QUICKEST<br />

scheme (Leonard 1979) is often used:<br />

b) QUICKEST-Scheme<br />

1 1<br />

Φ<br />

iR, QUICKEST<br />

=ΦiR, QUICK<br />

− CriR ( Ci+ 1− Ci ) + CriR ( Ci+ 1− 2 Ci + Ci−<br />

1)<br />

(RII-3.17)<br />

2 8<br />

with<br />

Cr<br />

iR<br />

ui+ 1<br />

ui<br />

t<br />

=<br />

+ Δ<br />

2 Δx<br />

(RII-3.18)<br />

c) Holly-Preissmann<br />

The QUICKEST-scheme still leads to an important diffusion. For this reason the Holly–<br />

Preissmann scheme (Holly <strong>and</strong> Preissmann 1977), which gives better results, is also<br />

implemented. This scheme is based on the properties of characteristics <strong>and</strong> can not be<br />

applied directly for the present discretization.<br />

To find Cx (<br />

iR<br />

) of equation (RII-3.6) the properties of characteristics or finite differences are<br />

used, placing the edges on a new grid so that Cx (<br />

iR)<br />

becomes C<br />

j<br />

<strong>and</strong> Cx (<br />

iL)<br />

= Cj<br />

− 1<br />

.<br />

Considering only the advection part of the equation(RII-3.3) we have:<br />

∂C<br />

u∂C<br />

+ = 0.<br />

∂t<br />

∂x<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

(RII-3.19)<br />

t+<br />

1 t<br />

t t<br />

j<br />

−<br />

j j<br />

−<br />

j−1<br />

C C C C<br />

=−u<br />

Δt x −x<br />

j<br />

j−1<br />

(RII-3.20)<br />

Thus the new concentration is<br />

R II - 3.2-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

C<br />

⎛<br />

= 1− u<br />

Δt<br />

⎞<br />

C + u<br />

Δt<br />

C<br />

⎝<br />

⎠<br />

t+<br />

1<br />

t t<br />

j ⎜<br />

j j−1<br />

xj −x ⎟<br />

j−1 xj −xj−<br />

1<br />

(RII-3.21)<br />

n+<br />

1 n<br />

For a courant number CFL = u( dt / dx) = 1: Cj<br />

= Cj−<br />

1. This means that the solute<br />

travels from one side of the cell to the other during the time step.<br />

The Holly-Preissmann scheme calculates the values in function of CFL <strong>and</strong> the upstream<br />

value.<br />

3 2<br />

Y( Cr)<br />

ACr BCr DCr E<br />

= + + + (RII-3.22)<br />

t<br />

t<br />

Y(0)<br />

= C j<br />

; Y(1)<br />

= Cj<br />

− 1<br />

t<br />

∂C Y (0) =<br />

j<br />

∂ x<br />

t<br />

∂C Y (1) =<br />

j<br />

∂ x<br />

<br />

−1<br />

; .<br />

t<br />

∂C<br />

t+<br />

1 t t<br />

j−1<br />

j<br />

=<br />

1 j−1+ 2 j<br />

+<br />

3<br />

+<br />

4<br />

C aC a C a a<br />

∂x<br />

2<br />

1<br />

(3 2 )<br />

∂C<br />

t<br />

j<br />

∂x<br />

(RII-3.23)<br />

a = Cr − Cr<br />

(RII-3.24)<br />

a<br />

= 1− a<br />

(RII-3.25)<br />

2 1<br />

a = Cr −Cr Δ x<br />

(RII-3.26)<br />

2<br />

3<br />

(1 )<br />

a4 Cr(1 Cr)<br />

2<br />

=− − (RII-3.27)<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

t+<br />

1<br />

t<br />

t<br />

j t<br />

t<br />

j−1<br />

j<br />

= bC<br />

1 j−1+ bC<br />

2 j<br />

+ b3 + b4<br />

∂C ∂C ∂C<br />

∂x ∂x ∂x<br />

(RII-3.28)<br />

b1 = 6 Cr( Cr−1)/<br />

Δ x<br />

(RII-3.29)<br />

b<br />

=− b<br />

(RII-3.30)<br />

2 1<br />

b3 = Cr(3Cr− 2)<br />

(RII-3.31)<br />

b4 = ( Cr−1)(3Cr− 1) . (RII-3.32)<br />

However this form is only valid for a constant velocity u . If u is not constant the velocities<br />

in the different cells <strong>and</strong> at different times have to be considered.<br />

n n n 1<br />

The velocity u<br />

*<br />

is determined by interpolation of u<br />

j − 1<br />

, u<br />

j<br />

, u + j<br />

.<br />

1 n n 1<br />

uj = ( uj + u +<br />

j )<br />

(RII-3.33)<br />

2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-5<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

( j<br />

θ ) ( 1 0)<br />

u = u + − u<br />

(RII-3.34)<br />

n n n<br />

− 1 j+<br />

1<br />

with<br />

θ =<br />

n<br />

ui<br />

x<br />

j−1<br />

Δt<br />

− x<br />

j<br />

(RII-3.35)<br />

1<br />

n<br />

u*<br />

= ( uj<br />

+ u )<br />

(RII-3.36)<br />

2<br />

Δt<br />

Cr = u*<br />

=<br />

Δx<br />

x<br />

2<br />

u<br />

− x<br />

n+<br />

1<br />

j<br />

+ u<br />

n<br />

j<br />

− u + u<br />

j−1<br />

j n n<br />

j−1<br />

j<br />

Δt<br />

(RII-3.37)<br />

3.2.2.4 Global bed material Conservation equation<br />

As the y direction is not considered, in the one dimensional case the mass conservation<br />

equation (Exner-equation) becomes:<br />

ng<br />

∂zB<br />

⎛ ∂qB<br />

⎞<br />

(1 − p) + ⎜ + sg<br />

− slg<br />

⎟=<br />

0<br />

∂t<br />

⎝ k = 1 ∂x<br />

⎠<br />

∑ (RII-3.38)<br />

q<br />

B<br />

is the sediment flux per unit channel width. Integrating equation (RII-3.38) over the<br />

channel width, hence multiplying everything by the channel width, the following equation is<br />

obtained:<br />

ng<br />

∂ASed<br />

⎛ ∂QB<br />

⎞<br />

(1 − p) + ⎜∑ + Sg<br />

− Slg<br />

⎟=<br />

0<br />

(RII-3.39)<br />

∂t<br />

⎝<br />

k=<br />

1<br />

∂x<br />

⎠<br />

The discretisation is effected exactly in the same way as for the hydraulic mass<br />

conservation.<br />

Equation (RII-3.39) is integrated over the element (Fig. 6):<br />

ng<br />

xiR<br />

⎛ ∂ASed<br />

⎛ ∂QB<br />

⎞⎞<br />

∫ ⎜(1 − p) + Sg<br />

Slg<br />

dx<br />

0<br />

x<br />

⎜∑<br />

+ − ⎟⎟<br />

=<br />

(RII-3.40)<br />

iL<br />

⎝ ∂t<br />

⎝ k = 1 ∂x<br />

⎠⎠<br />

The parts of the equation (RII-3.40) are discretized as follows:<br />

t+<br />

1 t<br />

xiR<br />

∂ASed , i<br />

ASed , i<br />

−ASed , i<br />

(1 − p) d x= (1 − p)<br />

Δx<br />

xiL<br />

∂t<br />

Δt<br />

ng<br />

∑<br />

∫<br />

(RII-3.41)<br />

Q<br />

Bi , ng ng<br />

xiR<br />

k = 1<br />

∫ d x= ∑QB( xiR) − ∑QB( xiL)<br />

=ΦB, iR<br />

−ΦB,<br />

iL<br />

(RII-3.42)<br />

xiL<br />

∂x<br />

k= 1 k=<br />

1<br />

ng ng ng<br />

xiR<br />

∑( Sg − Slg)dx= ∑S x<br />

g<br />

−∑Slg<br />

iL<br />

k= 1 k= 1 k=<br />

1<br />

∫<br />

(RII-3.43)<br />

R II - 3.2-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Φ<br />

BiL ,<br />

<strong>and</strong> Φ<br />

BiR ,<br />

are the bed load fluxes through the west <strong>and</strong> east side of the cell. Their<br />

determination will be discussed later (3.2.2.7).<br />

The change of the sediment area is thus calculated by:<br />

ng ng<br />

t+<br />

1 t Δt<br />

Δt<br />

⎛<br />

⎞<br />

Δ ASed = ASedi − ASedi = ( ΦB, iR<br />

−ΦB,<br />

iL ) − ⎜ Sg − Slg<br />

⎟<br />

Δxi<br />

Δxi<br />

⎝ k= 1 k=<br />

1 ⎠<br />

∑ ∑ (RII-3.44)<br />

As the result of the sediment balance is an area, the deposition or erosion height Δ zb<br />

has<br />

yet to be determined. The erosion or deposition is distributed over the wetted part of the<br />

cross section. If a bed bottom is defined the deposition height is equal <strong>and</strong> constant for all<br />

wetted slices. Only in the exterior slices the bed level difference is 0 where the cross<br />

section becomes dry. The repartition of the soil level change is illustrated in Fig. 26.<br />

Fig. 26: Distribution of sediment area change over the cross section<br />

The change of the bed level is calculated as follows:<br />

ΔA<br />

Δ zB<br />

=<br />

br<br />

bl<br />

2 2<br />

Sed<br />

+ +∑<br />

b<br />

i<br />

(RII-3.45)<br />

3.2.2.5 Bed material sorting equation<br />

The bed material sorting equation (RI-2.3) for 1d computation is reduced to:<br />

∂ ∂qB (1 − p) ( β )<br />

g<br />

ghB + + sg + sfg + slg<br />

= 0 (RII-3.46)<br />

∂t<br />

∂x<br />

Considering the whole width of the cross section <strong>and</strong> introducing an active layer area<br />

equation (RII-3.46) becomes:<br />

∂ ∂QB (1 − p) ( β )<br />

g<br />

gAB + + Sg + Sfg + Slg<br />

= 0<br />

∂t<br />

∂x<br />

Equation (RII-3.47) is integrated over the length of the control volume:<br />

A<br />

B<br />

,<br />

(RII-3.47)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-7<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

∫<br />

xiR<br />

⎛ ∂ ∂QB<br />

⎞<br />

g<br />

(1 − p) ( βgAB) + + Sg + Sfg + Slg<br />

dx=<br />

0<br />

xiL<br />

⎜<br />

∂t<br />

∂x<br />

⎟<br />

(RII-3.48)<br />

⎝<br />

⎠<br />

The different parts are discretized as follows:<br />

t+ 1 t 1 t t<br />

xiR<br />

βg A<br />

+ B<br />

− βgAB<br />

(1 − p) ∫ ( βgAB)d x= (1 − p)<br />

Δx<br />

(RII-3.49)<br />

xiL<br />

Δt<br />

∂Q x Q x Q x<br />

xiR<br />

Bg<br />

∫ d =<br />

B<br />

(<br />

iR<br />

) −<br />

B<br />

(<br />

iL)<br />

=Φg, iR<br />

−Φg,<br />

iL<br />

(RII-3.50)<br />

xiL<br />

∂x<br />

Then the new β<br />

g<br />

can be calculated:<br />

β<br />

⎛<br />

Δt<br />

Δt<br />

⎞<br />

= (1 − p) β A − ( Φ −Φ ) −( S −Sf −Sl ) /(1 − p) A )<br />

⎝<br />

⎠<br />

t+ 1 t t k k t+<br />

1<br />

gi ⎜<br />

gi B, i iR iL g g g ⎟<br />

B,<br />

i<br />

Δxi<br />

Δxi<br />

(RII-3.51)<br />

3.2.2.6 Exchange terms.<br />

The global bed material conservation equation (RII-3.39) has to be solved first, because its<br />

results are needed to solve the bed material sorting equation (RII-3.47), which contains Sf<br />

g<br />

.<br />

First of all the value of sediment area change is needed to determine the new topography.<br />

With the new topography it is possible to determine the new positions of the layer<br />

interfaces between the active layer <strong>and</strong> the first sub layer. For this purpose the first action is<br />

the determination of the new active layer height. If the computation is executed with<br />

constant h<br />

B<br />

, this value is given by the user <strong>and</strong> will not change. If, in contrast, the<br />

computation is executed with a variable h<br />

B<br />

, it must be determined as follows:<br />

If the bed level rises ( Δ z B<br />

> 0 ):<br />

h + = h +Δ z<br />

(RII-3.52)<br />

n 1 n<br />

B B B<br />

If the bed level drops ( Δ z B<br />

< 0 ):<br />

dl<br />

hB<br />

= 20Δ zB<br />

+<br />

nmβ<br />

(1 − p)<br />

∑<br />

dl is the smallest non mobile grain size <strong>and</strong><br />

fractions.<br />

(RII-3.53)<br />

∑ nmβ the sum of the not mobile sediment<br />

Sf<br />

g<br />

is the volume of material of grain class g which enters or leaves the active layer. It is<br />

determined by the displacement of the floor of the active layer: zF = zB − hB.<br />

∂<br />

n<br />

n+ 1 n+<br />

1 n<br />

Sfg =−(1 − p) ( zFβg) =−(1 −p)( zF βg −zF βg) / Δt<br />

(RII-3.54)<br />

∂t<br />

R II - 3.2-8<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

If the floor of the active layer rises, the β of the active layer is determinant <strong>and</strong> if it<br />

n 1<br />

descends the β of the first sub layer. However the new value of the active layer β + is<br />

not known yet. For this reason an intermediate β is calculated omitting Sf<br />

g<br />

in equation<br />

n 1 int<br />

(RII-3.51). Then equation (RII-3.54) is solved with<br />

+ = . And finally:<br />

β<br />

Δt<br />

= β + Sf /(1 − p) A )<br />

t + 1 t + 1 t + 1<br />

gi gi g B,<br />

i<br />

Δxi<br />

β<br />

β<br />

(RII-3.55)<br />

3.2.2.7 Interpolation<br />

To solve the equations (RII-3.42) <strong>and</strong> (RII-3.50) the total bed load fluxes over the edges<br />

( Φ<br />

BiL ,<br />

, Φ<br />

BiR ,<br />

) <strong>and</strong> the fluxes for the single grain classes ( Q<br />

Bg<br />

, iL, Q<br />

Bg<br />

, iR) are needed, but the<br />

data for the computation of bed load are available only in the cross sections.<br />

For this reason the values on the edges are interpolated from the values calculated for the<br />

cross sections, depending on a weight choice of the user (θ ):<br />

Φ = ( θ ) Q + (1 − θ ) Q<br />

(RII-3.56)<br />

BiL , Bi , −1 Bi ,<br />

If all values for the computation of Q<br />

B<br />

by a bed load formula are taken from the cross<br />

section, the results of sediment transport tend to generate jags, as some effects of<br />

discretization accumulate instead of being counterbalanced. For this reason it has been<br />

preferred not to take all values from the same location. The local discharge Q is substituted<br />

by a mean discharge for the edge, computed with the discharges in the upstream <strong>and</strong><br />

downstream elements of the edge. This means that the bed load in a cross section will be<br />

calculated twice with different values of Q .<br />

3.2.3 Solution Procedure<br />

The solution procedure for the one dimensional sediment transport is described in chapter<br />

2.2.5 on page 2.2-9 of this manual.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-9<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R II - 3.2-10<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

3.3 Two Dimensional <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />

3.3.1 Spatial Discretization<br />

The Finite-Volume-Method has been also utilized to discritize the morphodynmic equations<br />

as it is done in hydrodynamic section. The vertical partition of a cell is shown in Fig. 23.<br />

3.3.2 Discrete Form of Equations<br />

3.3.2.1 Global Bed material Conservation Equation – Exner Equation<br />

Considering the Exner’s equation (RI-2.4) <strong>and</strong> using the FVM, it can be written in the<br />

following integral form<br />

∂z<br />

⎛∂q<br />

∂q<br />

⎞<br />

∂t ⎜ x y ⎟<br />

⎝ ∂ ∂ ⎠ Ω<br />

ng<br />

ng<br />

B<br />

Bg, x Bg,<br />

y<br />

( 1− p) ∫ dΩ+ ∫∑⎜<br />

+ ⎟dΩ= ∫ ∑( Slg<br />

−Sg)<br />

dΩ<br />

(RII-3.57)<br />

Ω<br />

Ω g= 1 g=<br />

1<br />

In which Ω is the same computational area as defined in hydrodynamic model (Fig. 12).<br />

Using the Gauss’ theory <strong>and</strong> assuming ∂z<br />

∂ t is constant over the element, one obtains<br />

z<br />

− z<br />

t<br />

1<br />

n+<br />

1 n ng ng<br />

B B<br />

( 1− p) + ( qB , xnx + qB , yny) dl = ( Slg −Sg)<br />

Δ Ω ∑ ∑<br />

g<br />

g<br />

g= 1 ∂Ω<br />

g=<br />

1<br />

b<br />

∫<br />

(RII-3.58)<br />

Where n<br />

x<br />

<strong>and</strong> n<br />

y<br />

are components of the unit normal vector of the edge in x <strong>and</strong> y direction<br />

respectively.<br />

Again here, the key problem is the estimation of the normal bedload fluxes through each<br />

edges of a element. Exner equation has also inherent hyperbolic nature. Consequently an<br />

algorithm based on an upwind method is appropriate to determine the bedload flux over<br />

edges. We have consider a simple flux solver as<br />

( θ ) ( 1 θ ) 0.5α<br />

( )<br />

qB, i+ 1 2<br />

=<br />

up<br />

qB, L<br />

+ −<br />

up<br />

qB, R<br />

−<br />

s<br />

ΔzB, R<br />

−Δ zB,<br />

L<br />

(RII-3.59)<br />

Where θ<br />

up<br />

is the upwind factor <strong>and</strong> α s<br />

is the bedload wave speed. Unfortunately the<br />

specific bedlaod flux q B<br />

is not a direct function of z B<br />

which causes some difficulties in<br />

computing an accurate approximation of the bedload wave speed. We have used a semiempirical<br />

equation for the bedload speed based on Zhilin Sun <strong>and</strong> John Donahue’<br />

suggestion (Sun <strong>and</strong> Donahue 2000) as<br />

( θ<br />

0<br />

θ<br />

, ) ( )<br />

V = 7.5 −C s− 1 gd<br />

(RII-3.60)<br />

B g cr g g<br />

Where C<br />

0<br />

= coeffiecient less than 1, s = specific density of bedload material. Since the<br />

bedload flux functions are emperical equations <strong>and</strong> derived through different ways, they are<br />

not necessarily in complete agreement with the bed velocity equation. Therefore we add an<br />

additional calibration diffusion coefficient to the system as follow<br />

( V<br />

,<br />

V<br />

, )<br />

α = α ⋅ max ,<br />

(RII-3.61)<br />

s c B L B R<br />

Where<br />

α<br />

c<br />

is 0.001 ~ 0.005.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.3-1<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

3.3.2.2 Bed Material Sorting Equation<br />

The bed material sorting equation (RI-2.3) is also descritized using FVM. The descritized<br />

form is<br />

n+<br />

1<br />

n<br />

g<br />

− hmβg n<br />

n *<br />

B x x B y y g g<br />

t<br />

∂Ω<br />

hmβ<br />

1− p + q n + q n dl+ S − Sf = 0<br />

Δ Ω ∫ (RII-3.62)<br />

( ) ( ) ( ) 1<br />

( , , )<br />

g<br />

g<br />

The active layer thickness has been already computed, before the new values of fractions<br />

are calculated through the Eq. (RII-3.62).<br />

3.3.2.3 Source Terms<br />

The source terms S<br />

g<br />

<strong>and</strong> Sl<br />

g<br />

are independent terms which can be added directly to the<br />

equations. The term Sf<br />

g<br />

is a time dependent source term <strong>and</strong> a function of fractions <strong>and</strong><br />

active layer thickness values. Therefore it has been h<strong>and</strong>led in a special form, in order to<br />

consider the time variation of the parameters. For this first the fractions are updated without<br />

Sf , then the fractions advanced values are used to compute the source term.<br />

β<br />

g<br />

1<br />

⎛<br />

( β )<br />

Δt<br />

Δt<br />

⎞<br />

∫ (RII-3.63)<br />

⎟<br />

⎠<br />

n<br />

n+<br />

1/2<br />

n<br />

n<br />

g<br />

= hm<br />

1<br />

g ( qB , , ) d<br />

g xnx qB g yn n<br />

y<br />

l S<br />

+<br />

g<br />

hm ⎜<br />

− + −<br />

( 1− p) Ω ( 1−<br />

p<br />

∂Ω<br />

)<br />

⎝<br />

n 1/2<br />

The advance value β + g<br />

is used for the Sf<br />

g<br />

as<br />

(( ) ( ) )<br />

n+ 1 n+ 1<br />

1/2 n+ 1 n+ 1 n+<br />

1/2 n n n<br />

βg = βg − z<br />

n 1 B<br />

−hm βg − zB − hm β<br />

+<br />

g<br />

(RII-3.64)<br />

hm<br />

3.3.3 Solution Procedure<br />

The manner - uncoupled, semi coupled or fully coupled - to solve equations (RI-1.34), (RI-2.3)<br />

<strong>and</strong> (RI-2.4) or appropriate derivatives with minor corrections has been often discussed over<br />

the last decade. A good overview is given by Kassem <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry (1998) or Cao et al.<br />

(2002). Uncoupled models are often blamed for their lacking of physical <strong>and</strong> numerical<br />

considerations. Vice versa coupled models are said to be very inefficient in computational<br />

effort <strong>and</strong> accordingly inapplicable for practical use. Kassem <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry (1998) showed<br />

that the difference of results calculated by coupled <strong>and</strong> semi coupled models is negligible. In<br />

addition Belleudy (2000) found that uncoupled solutions have nearly identical performance to<br />

coupled solutions even near critical flow conditions. Furthermore, the increasing difficulties<br />

<strong>and</strong> stability problems of coupled models that have to be expected when applying<br />

complicated sediment transport formulas or simulating multiple grain size classes are to be<br />

mentioned.<br />

According to the preliminary state of this project the model with uncoupled solution of the<br />

water <strong>and</strong> sediment conservation equations has been chosen. This requires the assumption<br />

that changes in bed elevation <strong>and</strong> grain size distributions at the bed surface during one<br />

computational time step have to be slow compared to changes of the fluid variables, which<br />

R II - 3.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

dictates an upper limit on the computational time step. Consequently, the asynchronous<br />

solution procedure as depicted in Fig. 27 <strong>and</strong> described in Fig. 20 is justified: flow <strong>and</strong><br />

sediment transport equations are solved uncoupled throughout the entire simulation period,<br />

i.e. with calculation of the flow field at the beginning of a given time step based on current<br />

bed topography <strong>and</strong> ensuing multiple sediment transport calculations based on the same<br />

flow field until the end of the respective time step. Thus the given duration of a calculation<br />

cycle Δ tseq<br />

(overall time step) consists of one hydraulic time step Δ th<br />

<strong>and</strong> a resulting<br />

number of time steps Δ t for sediment transport (see Fig. 28).<br />

s<br />

Shallow Water Equations<br />

Δt h<br />

Load Boundary Condition<br />

compute:<br />

Waterlevel <strong>and</strong> Discharge<br />

Δt seq<br />

Mobile Bed Equations<br />

Load Boundary Condition<br />

compute:<br />

Bed Load<br />

Grain Size Distribution<br />

Change of Bed Elevation<br />

Friction Factor<br />

Δt s<br />

Fig. 27: Uncoupled asynchronous solution procedure consisting of sequential steps<br />

Δt seq<br />

Δt h Δt s Δt s . . . . . Δt s<br />

Fig. 28: Composition of the given overall calculation time step<br />

Δ tseq<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.3-3<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R II - 3.3-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

4 Time Discretization <strong>and</strong> Stability Issues<br />

4.1 Explicit Schemes<br />

4.1.1 Euler First Order<br />

The time discretization method applied in BASEplane is based on Euler first order method.<br />

According the method the full discretized equations are<br />

( )<br />

n 1 n<br />

U U U<br />

+ i<br />

=<br />

i<br />

+ RES<br />

n 1<br />

B<br />

n<br />

B<br />

( , )<br />

z + = z + RES U d<br />

( , , )<br />

β<br />

+ = β + RES U d hm<br />

n 1 n<br />

g g g<br />

Where the RES (..) is the summation of fluxes <strong>and</strong> source terms.<br />

4.2 Determination of Time Step Size<br />

4.2.1 Hydrodynamic<br />

The hydraulic time step is determined according the restriction based on the Courant<br />

number. In case of 2d model the Courant number was defined as follow.<br />

CFL =<br />

( )<br />

2 + 2 +<br />

u v c L<br />

ΔΩ t<br />

(RII-3.65)<br />

Where L is the length of an edge. In general the CFL number has to be smaller than<br />

unity.<br />

4.2.2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />

For the sediment transport another condition c >> c 3 holds true, which states that the wave<br />

speed of water c is much larger than the expansion velocity c 3 of a bottom discontinuity (eg.<br />

DeVries (1966)). Since the value of c 3 depends on multiple processes like bed load, lateral<br />

<strong>and</strong> gravity induced transport, its definitive determination is not obvious. Therefore the<br />

global time steps have been adopted based on the hydrodynamic condition.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 4.2-1<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R II - 4.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

References<br />

Belleudy, P. (2000). "Numerical simulation of sediment mixture deposition part 1: analysis of<br />

a flume experiment." Journal of Hydraulic Research, 38(6), 417-425.<br />

Borah, D. K., Alonso, C. V., <strong>and</strong> Prasad, S. N. (1982). "Routing Graded <strong>Sediment</strong>s in Streams<br />

- Formulations." Journal of the Hydraulics Division-Asce, 108(12), 1486-1503.<br />

Cao, Z., Day, R., <strong>and</strong> Egashira, S. (2002). "Coupled <strong>and</strong> Decoupled Numerical Modeling of<br />

Flow <strong>and</strong> Morphological Evolution in Alluvial Rivers." Journal of Hydraulic<br />

Engineering, 128(3), 306-321.<br />

Chanson, H. (1999). The Hydraulics of Open Channel Flow. Butterworth-Heinemann.<br />

Chen, Y. P., <strong>and</strong> Falconer, R. A. (1992). "Advection Diffusion Modeling Using the Modified<br />

Quick Scheme." International Journal for Numerical Methods in Fluids, 15(10), 1171-<br />

1196.<br />

Delis, A. I., Skeels, C. P., <strong>and</strong> Ryrie, S. C. (2000). "Evaluation of some approximate Riemann<br />

solvers for transient open channel flows." Journal of Hydraulic Research, 38(3), 217-<br />

231.<br />

DeVries, M. (1966). "Application of Luminophores in S<strong>and</strong>transport – Studies." 39, Delft<br />

Hydraulics Laboratory, Delft, Netherl<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

Glaister, P. (1988). "Approximate Riemann Solutions of the Shallow-Water Equations."<br />

Journal of Hydraulic Research, 26(3), 293-306.<br />

Godunov, S. K. (1959). "A difference method for numerical calculation of discontinuous<br />

solutions of the equations of hydrodynamics." Mat. Sb. (N.S.), 47 (89), 271--306.<br />

Harten, A., Lax, P. D., <strong>and</strong> Vanleer, B. (1983). "On Upstream Differencing <strong>and</strong> Godunov-Type<br />

Schemes for Hyperbolic Conservation-Laws." Siam Review, 25(1), 35-61.<br />

Hinton, E., <strong>and</strong> Owen, D. R. J. (1979). An Introduction to Finite Element Computations,<br />

Pineridge Press, Swansea.<br />

Holly, F. M., <strong>and</strong> Preissmann, A. (1977). "Accurate Calculation of <strong>Transport</strong> in 2 Dimensions."<br />

Journal of the Hydraulics Division-Asce, 103(11), 1259-1277.<br />

Kassem, A. A., <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry, M. H. (1998). "Comparison of coupled <strong>and</strong> semicoupled<br />

numerical models for alluvial channels." Journal of Hydraulic Engineering-Asce,<br />

124(8), 794-802.<br />

Komai, S., <strong>and</strong> Bechteler, W. "An Improved, Robust Implicit Solution for the Two<br />

Dimensional Shallow Water Equations on Unstructured Grids." River Flow 2004,<br />

Napoli, Italy.<br />

Leonard, B. P. (1979). "Stable <strong>and</strong> Accurate Convective Modeling Procedure Based on<br />

Quadratic Upstream Interpolation." Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics <strong>and</strong><br />

Engineering, 19(1), 59-98.<br />

Nujić, M. (1998). "Praktischer Einsatz eines hochgenauen Verfahrens für die Berechnung von<br />

tiefengemittelten Strömungen," Universität der Bundeswehr München, München.<br />

Osher, S., <strong>and</strong> Solomon, F. (1982). "Upwind Difference-Schemes for Hyperbolic Systems of<br />

Conservation-Laws." Mathematics of Computation, 38(158), 339-374.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006<br />

R II - References


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

NUMERICS KERNEL<br />

Roe, P. L. (1981). "Approximate Riemann Solvers, Parameter Vectors, <strong>and</strong> Difference-<br />

Schemes." Journal of Computational Physics, 43(2), 357-372.<br />

Sun, Z. L., <strong>and</strong> Donahue, J. (2000). "Statistically derived bedload formula for any fraction of<br />

nonuniform sediment." Journal of Hydraulic Engineering-Asce, 126(2), 105-111.<br />

Toro, E. F. (1997). Riemann Solvers <strong>and</strong> Numerical Methods for Fluid Dynamics, Springer-<br />

Verlag, Berlin.<br />

Toro, E. F. (2001). Shock-Capturing Methods for Free-Surface Shallow Flows, John Wiley &<br />

Sons, Ltd., U.K.<br />

Vanleer, B. "Flux Vector Splitting for the Euler Equations." 8th Int. Conf. On Numer. Methods<br />

in Fluid Dynamics, 507-512.<br />

R II - 4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/26/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

Table of Contents<br />

1 Hydraulic<br />

1.1 Common Test Cases.......................................................................................... 1.1-1<br />

1.1.1 H_1 : Dam break in a closed channel ........................................................... 1.1-1<br />

1.1.2 H_2 : One dimensional dam break on planar bed ........................................ 1.1-3<br />

1.1.3 H_3 : One dimensional dam break on sloped bed ....................................... 1.1-4<br />

1.2 BASEchain Specific Test Cases ........................................................................ 1.2-1<br />

1.2.1 H_BC_1 : Fluid at rest in a closed channel with strongly varying geometry 1.2-1<br />

1.3 BASEplane Specific Test Cases........................................................................ 1.3-1<br />

1.3.1 H_BP_1 : Rest Water in a closed area with strong variational bottom ........ 1.3-1<br />

1.3.2 H_BP_2 : Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements ............. 1.3-3<br />

1.3.3 H_BP_3 : Dam break within strongly bended geometry .............................. 1.3-5<br />

1.3.4 H_BP_4 : Malpasset dam break ................................................................... 1.3-7<br />

2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />

2.1 Common Test Cases.......................................................................................... 2.1-1<br />

2.1.1 ST_1 : Soni et al: Aggradation due to overloading........................................ 2.1-1<br />

2.1.2 ST_2 : Saiedi ................................................................................................. 2.1-3<br />

2.1.3 ST_3 : Guenter.............................................................................................. 2.1-4<br />

3 Results of Hydraulic Test Cases<br />

3.1 Common Test Cases.......................................................................................... 3.1-1<br />

3.1.1 H_1: Dam break in a closed channel ............................................................ 3.1-1<br />

3.1.2 H_2: One dimensional dambreak on planar bed........................................... 3.1-2<br />

3.1.3 H_3: One dimensional dam break on sloped bed ........................................ 3.1-4<br />

3.2 BASEchain Specific Test Cases ........................................................................ 3.2-1<br />

3.2.1 H_BC_1: Fluid at rest in a closed channel with strongly varying geometry .3.2-1<br />

3.3 BASEplane Specific Test Cases........................................................................ 3.3-1<br />

3.3.1 H_BP_1: Rest water in a closed area with strong variational bottom .......... 3.3-1<br />

3.3.2 H_BP_2: Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements .............. 3.3-1<br />

3.3.3 H_BP_3 : Dam break within strongly bended geometry .............................. 3.3-1<br />

3.3.4 H_BP_4 : Malpasset dam break ................................................................... 3.3-4<br />

4 Results of <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> Test Cases<br />

4.1 Common Test Cases.......................................................................................... 4.1-1<br />

4.1.1 ST_1: Soni..................................................................................................... 4.1-1<br />

4.1.2 ST_2: Saiedi .................................................................................................. 4.1-2<br />

4.1.3 ST_3: Guenter............................................................................................... 4.1-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006<br />

R III - i


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

List of Figures<br />

Fig. 1: Dam break in a closed channel..........................................................................................1.1-2<br />

Fig. 2: One dimensional dam break on planar bed .......................................................................1.1-3<br />

Fig. 3: One dimensional dam break on sloped bed........................................................................1.1-4<br />

Fig. 4: Top view: cross-sections ....................................................................................................1.2-1<br />

Fig. 5:<br />

Bed topography <strong>and</strong> water surface elevation....................................................................1.2-1<br />

Fig. 6: H_BP_1: Rest Water in a closed area with strong variational bottom..............................1.3-2<br />

Fig. 7: H_BP_2: Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements....................................1.3-3<br />

Fig. 8: Computational grid for test case H_BP_2 .........................................................................1.3-4<br />

Fig. 9: H_BP_3: Strongly bended channel (horizontal projection <strong>and</strong> cross-section)..................1.3-5<br />

Fig. 10: H_BP_4: Computational area of the malpasset dam break...............................................1.3-7<br />

Fig. 11: H_1: Initial <strong>and</strong> final water surface elevation (BC & BP)................................................3.1-1<br />

Fig. 12: H_2: Water surface elevation after 20 s (BC)....................................................................3.1-2<br />

Fig. 13: H_2: Distribution of discharge after 20 s (BC)..................................................................3.1-2<br />

Fig. 14: H_2: Flow depth 20 sec after dam break (BP) ...................................................................3.1-3<br />

Fig. 15: H_2: Discharge 20 sec after dam break (BP)....................................................................3.1-3<br />

Fig. 16: H_3: Water surface elevation after 10 s (BC)....................................................................3.1-4<br />

Fig. 17: H_3: Temporal behaviour of water depth at x = 70.1 m (BC)...........................................3.1-4<br />

Fig. 18: H_3: Temporal behavior of water depth at x = 85.4 m (BC).............................................3.1-5<br />

Fig. 19: H_3: Cross sectional water level after 10 s simulation time (BP) .....................................3.1-5<br />

Fig. 20: H_3: Chronological sequence of water depth at point x = 70.1 m (BP)............................3.1-6<br />

Fig. 21: H_3: Chronological sequence of water depth at point x = 85.4 m (BP)............................3.1-6<br />

Fig. 22: H_BP_3: Water level <strong>and</strong> velocity vectors 5 seconds after the dam break........................3.3-2<br />

Fig. 23: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G1............................................................................3.3-2<br />

Fig. 24: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G3............................................................................3.3-3<br />

Fig. 25: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G5............................................................................3.3-3<br />

Fig. 26: H_BP_5: Comparison of the water level at point G5 for a coarse <strong>and</strong> a dense grid.........3.3-4<br />

Fig. 27: H_BP_4: Computed water depth <strong>and</strong> velocities 300 seconds after the dam break............3.3-5<br />

Fig. 28: H_BP_4: Computed <strong>and</strong> observed water surface elevation at different control points.....3.3-5<br />

Fig. 29: ST_1: Soni Test with MPM-factor = 8.21 (BC) .................................................................4.1-1<br />

R III - ii<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

Fig. 30: ST_2: Saiedi Test 1(BC).....................................................................................................4.1-2<br />

Fig. 31: ST_2: Saiedi Test 2, with MPM-factor = 50 (BC) ..............................................................4.1-3<br />

Fig. 32: ST_3: Guenter Test: equilibrium bed level (BC)................................................................4.1-4<br />

Fig. 33: ST_3: Guenter Test: grain size distribution (BC) ..............................................................4.1-5<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006<br />

R III - iii


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R III - iv<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

III TEST CASES<br />

The test catalogue is intended for the validation of the program. The catalogue consists of<br />

different test cases, their geometric <strong>and</strong> hydraulic fundamentals <strong>and</strong> the reference data for<br />

the comparison with the computed results. The test cases are built on each other going<br />

from easy to more <strong>and</strong> more complex problems. First, the hydraulic solver is validated<br />

against analytical <strong>and</strong> experimental solutions using the test cases in chapter 1. In a second<br />

part, the sediment transport module is tested against some simple experimental test cases<br />

described in chapter 2. Common test cases are suitable for both, 1D <strong>and</strong> 2D simulations.<br />

Specific test cases are intended for either 1D or 2D simulations. In chapter 3, the simulation<br />

results for all test cases are presented.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R III - 2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1 Hydraulic<br />

1.1 Common Test Cases<br />

1.1.1 H_1 : Dam break in a closed channel<br />

1.1.1.1 Intention<br />

The most simple test case checks for the conservation property of the fluid phase <strong>and</strong><br />

whether a stable condition can be reached for all control volumes after a finite time.<br />

Additionally, wet <strong>and</strong> dry problematic is tested.<br />

1.1.1.2 Description<br />

Consider a rectangular flume without sediment. The basin is initially filled in the half length<br />

with a certain water depth leaving the other side dry. After starting the simulation, the water<br />

flows in the other half of the system until it reaches a quiescent state (velocity = 0, half of<br />

initial water surface elevation (WSE) everywhere).<br />

1.1.1.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />

Initial Condition: water at rest (all velocities zero), the water surface elevation is the same on<br />

the half of channel. This test uses a WSE of = 5.0 m. z S<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.1-1<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

Fig. 1: Dam break in a closed channel<br />

1.1.1.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

No inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow. All of the boundaries are considered as a wall.<br />

Friction: Manning’s factor = 0.010 n<br />

R III - 1.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.1.2 H_2 : One dimensional dam break on planar bed<br />

1.1.2.1 Intention<br />

This test case is similar to the previous one but this one compares the WSE a short time<br />

after release of the dam with an analytical solution for this frictionless problem. It is based<br />

on the verification of a 1-D transcritical flow model in channels by Tseng (1999).<br />

1.1.2.2 Description<br />

A planar, frictionless rectangular flume has initially a dam in the middle. On the one side,<br />

water level is h2<br />

, on the other side, water level is at h1<br />

. At the beginning, the dam is<br />

removed <strong>and</strong> a wave is propagating towards the shallow water. The shape of the wave<br />

depends on the fraction of water depths ( h2/<br />

h<br />

1)<br />

<strong>and</strong> can be compared to an analytical,<br />

exact solution.<br />

1.1.2.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />

Two cases are considered:<br />

- h2 h<br />

1<br />

= 0.001 ; h 1<br />

= 10.0 m (this avoids problems with wet/dry areas)<br />

- h2 h<br />

1<br />

= 0.000 ; h 1<br />

= 10.0 m (downstream is initially dry)<br />

The dam is exactly in the middle of channel.<br />

Since it is a one dimensional problem, it should not depend on the width of the model,<br />

which can be chosen arbitrary.<br />

Fig. 2: One dimensional dam break on planar bed<br />

1.1.2.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

All cases are frictionless, Manning factor n=0.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.1-3<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.1.3 H_3 : One dimensional dam break on sloped bed<br />

1.1.3.1 Intention<br />

Different from the previous cases, this problem uses a sloped bed with friction. The aim is<br />

to reproduce an accurate wave front in time. It is based on the verification of a 1-D<br />

transcritical flow model in channels by Tseng (1999).<br />

1.1.3.2 Description<br />

In the middle of a slightly sloped flume, an initial dam is removed at time zero (see Fig. 3).<br />

The wave propagates downwards. Comparison data comes from an experimental work.<br />

Friction is accounted for with a Strickler roughness factor estimated from the experiment.<br />

1.1.3.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />

Length of flume:<br />

Width of flume:<br />

Slope:<br />

Initial water level:<br />

122 m<br />

1.22 m<br />

0.61 m / 122 m<br />

0.035 m (at the dam location)<br />

Fig. 3: One dimensional dam break on sloped bed<br />

1.1.3.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

Strickler friction factor: 0.009<br />

No inflow/outflow. Boundaries are considered as walls.<br />

R III - 1.1-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.2 BASEchain Specific Test Cases<br />

1.2.1 H_BC_1 : Fluid at rest in a closed channel with strongly varying geometry<br />

1.2.1.1 Intention<br />

This test case checks for the conservation of momentum. Numerical artefacts (mostly due<br />

to geometrical reasons) could generate impulse waves although there is no acting force.<br />

1.2.1.2 Description<br />

The computational area consists of a rectangular channel with varying bed topology <strong>and</strong><br />

different cross-sections. The fluid is initially at rest with a constant water surface elevation<br />

<strong>and</strong> there is no acting force. There should be no changes of the WSE in time.<br />

1.2.1.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />

The cross sections <strong>and</strong> bed topology were chosen as in Fig. 4 <strong>and</strong> Fig. 5. Notice the strong<br />

variations within the geometry. The water surface elevation is set to z s<br />

= 12 m.<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

y [m]<br />

0<br />

-10<br />

-20<br />

-30<br />

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500<br />

x [m]<br />

Fig. 4: Top view: cross-sections<br />

14<br />

height [m]<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

bed level<br />

water surface elevation<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500<br />

x [m]<br />

Fig. 5:<br />

Bed topography <strong>and</strong> water surface elevation<br />

1.2.1.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

All boundaries are considered as walls. There is no friction acting.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.2-1<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.3 BASEplane Specific Test Cases<br />

1.3.1 H_BP_1 : Rest Water in a closed area with strong variational bottom<br />

1.3.1.1 Intention<br />

This test in two dimensions checks for the conservation of momentum. Numerical artefacts<br />

(mostly due to geometrical reasons) could generate impulse waves although there is no<br />

acting force.<br />

1.3.1.2 Intention<br />

The computational area consists of a rectangular channel with varying bed topology. The<br />

fluid is initially at rest with a constant water surface elevation <strong>and</strong> there is no acting force.<br />

There should be no changes of the WSE in time.<br />

1.3.1.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />

Initial Condition: totally rest water, the WSE is the same <strong>and</strong> constant over the domain. The<br />

WSE can be varied e.g. from z (min) = 0.8 to z (max) 3.0 m .<br />

S<br />

S<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.3-1<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

Fig. 6: H_BP_1: Rest Water in a closed area with strong variational bottom<br />

1.3.1.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

No inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow. All of the boundaries are considered as a wall.<br />

Friction: Manning’s factor n = 0.015<br />

R III - 1.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.3.2 H_BP_2 : Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements<br />

1.3.2.1 Intention<br />

This test case checks the behaviour of partially wet control volumes. The wave front<br />

respectively the border wet/dry is always the weak point in a hydraulic computation. There<br />

should be no momentum due the partially wet elements.<br />

1.3.2.2 Description<br />

In a sloped, rectangular channel, the WSE is chosen to be small enough to allow for partially<br />

wet elements. The water is at rest <strong>and</strong> no acting force is present.<br />

1.3.2.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />

Initial Condition: totally rest water, the WSE is the same <strong>and</strong> constant over the whole<br />

domain. The WSE is = 1.9 m . z S<br />

Fig. 7: H_BP_2: Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.3-3<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.3.2.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

No inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow. All of the boundaries are considered as a wall.<br />

Friction: Manning’s factor n = 0.015.<br />

The mesh (grid) can be considered as following pictures. In this form, the partially wet cells<br />

(elements) can be h<strong>and</strong>led.<br />

Fig. 8: Computational grid for test case H_BP_2<br />

R III - 1.3-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.3.3 H_BP_3 : Dam break within strongly bended geometry<br />

1.3.3.1 Intention<br />

This test case challenges the 2D code. The geometry permits a strongly two dimensional<br />

embossed flow. The results are compared against experimental measurements at certain<br />

control points.<br />

1.3.3.2 Description<br />

In a two-dimensional geometry with a jump in bed topology, a gate between reservoir <strong>and</strong><br />

some outflow channel is removed at the beginning. The bended channel is initially dry <strong>and</strong><br />

has a free outflow discharge as boundary condition at the downstream end.<br />

1.3.3.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />

The geometry is described in Fig. 9. G1 to G6 are the measurement control points for the<br />

water elevation.<br />

Initial condition is a fluid at rest with a water surface elevation of 0.2 m above the channels<br />

ground. The channel itself is dry from water. At t =0, the gate between reservoir <strong>and</strong> gate is<br />

removed.<br />

Fig. 9: H_BP_3: Strongly bended channel (horizontal projection <strong>and</strong> cross-section)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.3-5<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.3.3.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

No inflow. At the downstream end of the channel, a free outflow condition is employed. All<br />

other boundaries are considered as walls.<br />

The friction factor is set to 0.0095 (measured under stationary conditions) for the whole<br />

computational domain.<br />

R III - 1.3-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1.3.4 H_BP_4 : Malpasset dam break<br />

1.3.4.1 Intention<br />

This final hydraulic test case is the well known real world data set from the Malpasset dam<br />

break in France. The complex geometry, high velocities, often <strong>and</strong> sudden wet-dry changes<br />

<strong>and</strong> the good documentation allow for a fundamental evaluation of the hydraulic code.<br />

1.3.4.2 Description<br />

The Malpasset dam was a doubly-curved equal angle arch type with variable radius. It<br />

breached on December 2 nd , 1959 all of a sudden. The entire wall collapsed nearly<br />

completely what makes this event unique. The breach created a water flood wall 40 meters<br />

high <strong>and</strong> moving at 70 km/h. After 20 minutes, the flood reached the village Frejus <strong>and</strong> still<br />

had 3 m depth. The time of the breach <strong>and</strong> the flood wave can be exactly reconstructed, as<br />

the time is known, when the power of different stations switched off.<br />

1.3.4.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />

Fig. 11 shows the computational grid used for the simulation. The points represent<br />

“measurement” stations. The initial water surface elevation in the storage lake is set to<br />

+100.0 m.a.s.l. <strong>and</strong> in the downstream lake to 0.0 m.a.s.l. The area downstream of the wall<br />

is initially dry. At t =0, the dam is removed.<br />

Fig. 10: H_BP_4: Computational area of the malpasset dam break<br />

1.3.4.4 Boundary Conditions<br />

The computational grid was constructed to be large enough for the water to stay within the<br />

bounds. Friction is accounted for by a Manning factor of 0.033.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.3-7<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R III - 1.3-8<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />

2.1 Common Test Cases<br />

2.1.1 ST_1 : Soni et al: Aggradation due to overloading<br />

2.1.1.1 Intention<br />

This validation case is intended to reproduce equilibrium conditions for steady flow followed<br />

by simple aggradation due to sediment overloading at the upstream end. The test is suitable<br />

for 1D <strong>and</strong> 2D simulations <strong>and</strong> uses one single grain size.<br />

2.1.1.2 Description<br />

Soni et al. (1980) <strong>and</strong> Soni (1981) performed a series of experiments dealing with<br />

aggradation. With this particular test, they determined the coefficients a <strong>and</strong> b of the<br />

empirical power law for sediment transport. This test has been used by many researchers as<br />

validation for numerical techniques containing sediment transport phenomenas (see e.g.<br />

Kassem <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry (1998), Soulis (2002) <strong>and</strong> Vasquez et al.( 2005)).<br />

The experiments were realized within a rectangular laboratory flume. First, a uniform<br />

equilibrium flow is established as starting condition. Then sediment overloading starts<br />

resulting in aggradation.<br />

2.1.1.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> general data<br />

Length of flume<br />

Width of flume<br />

Median grain size<br />

2.1.1.4 Equilibrium experiments<br />

l<br />

f<br />

20 [m]<br />

w<br />

f<br />

0.2 [m]<br />

d 0.32 [mm]<br />

Relative density s 2.65 []<br />

Porosity p 0.4 []<br />

Totally, a number of 24 experiments with different initial slopes have been performed by<br />

Soni. Measured values are equilibrium water depth h eq<br />

<strong>and</strong> the sediments equilibrium<br />

discharge qBeq<br />

,<br />

. The flow velocity ueq<br />

has been computed manually by Soni.<br />

Concerning initial conditions for the equilibrium runs, “the flume was filled with sediment up<br />

to a depth of 0.15m <strong>and</strong> then was given the desired slope”. The equilibrium is reached,<br />

when a uniform flow has established respectively “when the measured bed- <strong>and</strong> water<br />

surface profiles were parallel to each other.” In the average, the equilibrium needed about 4<br />

to 6 hours to develop.<br />

m<br />

S<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 2.1-1<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

Boundary conditions are for<br />

water flow: constant upstream flow discharge q Bin ,<br />

<strong>and</strong> a weir on level 0 at the downstream<br />

end. Alternatively, a ghost cell may be used downstream, where the total flux into the last<br />

cell leaves the computational domain.<br />

<strong>Sediment</strong>: periodic boundary conditions are applied. The inflow q Bin ,<br />

upstream equals the<br />

outflow q Bout ,<br />

downstream.<br />

From now on, we refer to the Soni test case #1, as the entire data for all experiments would<br />

go beyond the scope of this section. Measured data for the equilibrium are<br />

q<br />

Bin ,<br />

[m 3 /(s*m)] x 10 -3 20.0<br />

S [-] x 10 -3 3.56<br />

h<br />

eq<br />

[m] x 10 -2 5.0<br />

q<br />

Beq ,<br />

[m 3 /(s*m)] x 10 -6 12.1<br />

u<br />

eq<br />

[m/s] 0.4<br />

The establishment of the same equilibrium conditions is achieved by calibrating e.g. the<br />

hydraulic friction. As soon as the simulation data looks similar to the measured results, the<br />

aggradation can be started.<br />

2.1.1.5 Aggradation experiments<br />

After the equilibrium has been reached, the sediment feed was increased upstream by an<br />

overloading factor of qB<br />

q<br />

B , eq<br />

. This factor is different for each experiment. For test case #1,<br />

it was set to 4.0. The flow discharge remains the same as in the equilibrium case. Due to<br />

the massive sediment overloading, aggradation starts quickly at the upstream end.<br />

Measured data is available for the bottom elevation at certain times.<br />

R III - 2.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

2.1.2 ST_2 : Saiedi<br />

2.1.2.1 Intention<br />

Similar to the Soni test case, this validation deals with aggradation due to sediment<br />

overloading. However, compared to Soni, the sediment input is considerably greater than<br />

the carriage capacity of the flow <strong>and</strong> an aggradation shock is forming. The test verifies<br />

whether the computational model can h<strong>and</strong>le shocks within the sediment phase. Again, a<br />

single grain size is used.<br />

2.1.2.2 Description<br />

The experiments were conducted in a laboratory flume located at the Water Research<br />

Laboratory, School of Civil Engineering, University of New South Wales, Australia.<br />

Geometric details <strong>and</strong> results are reported in Saiedi (1993 <strong>and</strong>1994b). Saiedi did two<br />

separate tests, one in a steady flow <strong>and</strong> one in a rapidly unsteady flow with varying sediment<br />

supply. Only the steady case is of our interest here.<br />

2.1.2.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> general data<br />

The sediment used was of fairly uniform size with the median grain size d<br />

50<br />

= 2 [mm],<br />

relative density s = 2.6 <strong>and</strong> porosity at bed p = 0.37.<br />

The test section was about 18 [m] long in a 0.61 [m] wide glass-sided flume with a slope of<br />

0.1%. The flow was fed with a sediment-supply of constant rate using a vibratory feeder. The<br />

sediment input rate was chosen to be greater than the transport capacity of the flow,<br />

therefore resulting in the formation of an aggradation shock s<strong>and</strong>-wave travelling<br />

downstream.<br />

The downstream water level was maintained constant by adjusting the downstream gate.<br />

2.1.2.4 Calibration<br />

Before starting the sediment feed, at first, the aim is a uniform flow which fulfils a<br />

measured flow discharge q <strong>and</strong> the corresponding water depth h . This can be achieved by<br />

adjusting e.g. the hydraulic friction coefficient from Manning n. From the experiments,<br />

Saiedi proposes a calibration estimate of n= 0.0136 + 0.0170q<br />

. Note that there is no<br />

sediment layer at the calibration phase.<br />

As initial conditions, start with a fluid at rest <strong>and</strong> a uniform flow depth of h0 = 0.223 [m] on<br />

the sloped flume. The flow feed rate upstream is constant at q in<br />

= 0.98 [m3/s]. At the<br />

downstream boundary, the water level is kept constant at h = 0.223 [m] “by adjusting the<br />

downstream gate”.<br />

2.1.2.5 Aggradation<br />

As soon, as a uniform flow with constant water depth is established, the sediment feed<br />

upstream can be started. It remains constantly on q B<br />

= 3.81 [kg/min].<br />

The results for the steady state computation are available at t = 30 [min] <strong>and</strong> t = 120 [min].<br />

To avoid cluttering, the plots of the measured bed levels have been averaged.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 2.1-3<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

2.1.3 ST_3 : Guenter<br />

2.1.3.1 Intention<br />

The Günter test series deals with degradation in a laboratory flume. The experiments were<br />

conducted using a multiple grain size distribution. The reported results allow for a validation<br />

of the bed topography <strong>and</strong> the behaviour of heterogeneous sediment transport models.<br />

2.1.3.2 Description<br />

Günter performed some tests at the Laboratory of Hydraulics, Hydrology <strong>and</strong> Glaciology at<br />

the <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich using sediment input with a multiple grain size distribution. His aim was to<br />

determine a critical median shear stress of such a grain composition.<br />

Günter was interested in the behaviour of different grain classes but also in the steady<br />

ultimate state of the bed layer, when a top layer has developed <strong>and</strong> no more degradation<br />

occurs with the given discharge. As initial state, a sediment bed with a higher slope than the<br />

slope in the steady case is used. There is no sediment feed but a constant water discharge.<br />

The bed then starts rotating around the downstream end resulting in a steady, uniform state<br />

with an armouring layer.<br />

The validation is based on the resulting bed topography <strong>and</strong> the measured grain size<br />

distribution of the armouring layer at the end of the simulation.<br />

2.1.3.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> general data<br />

The experiment was conducted in a straight, rectangular flume, 40 [m] long, 1 [m] width<br />

with vertical walls. At the downstream end, the flume opens out into a slurry tank with 8 [m]<br />

length, 1.1 [m] width <strong>and</strong> 0.8 [m] depth (relative to the main flume), where the transported<br />

sediment material is held back.<br />

The sediment bed has an initial slope of 0.5 % with an initial grain size distribution given by<br />

d<br />

g<br />

[cm] Mass fraction [%]<br />

0.0 – 0.102 35.9<br />

0.102 – 0.2 20.8<br />

0.2 – 0.31 11.9<br />

0.31 – 0.41 17.5<br />

0.41 - 0.52 6.7<br />

0.52 – 0.6 7.2<br />

2.1.3.4 Simulation procedure <strong>and</strong> boundary/initial conditions<br />

First of all, the domain gets filled slowly with fluid until the highest point is wet. The weir on<br />

the downstream end is set such that no outflow occurs. After the bed is completely under<br />

water, the inflow discharge upstream is increased successively during 10 minutes up to the<br />

constant discharge of 56.0 [l/s]. At the same time, the weir downstream is lowered down to<br />

a constant level until the water surface elevation remains constant in the outflow area.<br />

There is no sediment inflow during the whole test.<br />

R III - 2.1-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

Using this configuration, the bed layer should rotate around the downstream end of the soil.<br />

The experiment needed about 4 to 6 weeks until a stationary state was reached. The data to<br />

be compared with the experiment are final bed level <strong>and</strong> final grain size distribution.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 2.1-5<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R III - 2.1-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

3 Results of Hydraulic Test Cases<br />

3.1 Common Test Cases<br />

3.1.1 H_1: Dam break in a closed channel<br />

The conservation of mass is validated. After t = 1107 [s], the discharges still have a<br />

magnitude of 10-6 [m3/s] with decreasing tendency. Both, BASEchain <strong>and</strong> BASEplane<br />

deliver similar results.<br />

6<br />

5<br />

t = 1107 s<br />

t = 0 s<br />

Watersurface elevation [m]<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />

Distance [m]<br />

Fig. 11: H_1: Initial <strong>and</strong> final water surface elevation (BC & BP)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.1-1<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

3.1.2 H_2: One dimensional dambreak on planar bed<br />

3.1.2.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />

A comparison of the 1D test case using h2 h<br />

1<br />

= 0.000 with the analytical solution shows an<br />

accurate behaviour of the fluid phase in time.<br />

12<br />

Watersurface elevation [m]<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

analytical<br />

simulated<br />

initial condition<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000<br />

Distance [m]<br />

Fig. 12: H_2: Water surface elevation after 20 s (BC)<br />

35<br />

30<br />

analytcal<br />

simulated<br />

25<br />

Discharge[m3/s]<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000<br />

Distance [m]<br />

Fig. 13: H_2: Distribution of discharge after 20 s (BC)<br />

R III - 3.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

3.1.2.2 Results obtained by BASEplane<br />

In two dimension, the dam break test case was computed using h2 h<br />

1<br />

= 0.0 <strong>and</strong> h 1<br />

= 10<br />

m. The length of the channel was discretized using 1000 control volumes. The CFL number<br />

was set to 0.85. The results show a good agreement between simulation <strong>and</strong> analytical<br />

solution.<br />

Test case 3<br />

h2/h1 = 0.0; h1 = 10.0 m<br />

Depth (Time = 20.0 sec)<br />

10<br />

8<br />

Depth (m)<br />

6<br />

4<br />

Exact<br />

HLL<br />

Initial<br />

Analytical<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000<br />

Distance (m)<br />

Fig. 14: H_2: Flow depth 20 sec after dam break (BP)<br />

Test case 3<br />

h2/h1 = 0.0; h1 = 10.0 m<br />

Discharg (Time = 20.0 sec)<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

q (m^2/sec)<br />

15<br />

Exact<br />

HLL<br />

Analytical<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000<br />

Distance (m)<br />

Fig. 15: H_2: Discharge 20 sec after dam break (BP)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.1-3<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

3.1.3 H_3: One dimensional dam break on sloped bed<br />

3.1.3.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />

The dam break in a sloped bed was compared against experimental results. The agreement<br />

is satisfying.<br />

0.7<br />

watersurface elevation [m]<br />

0.6<br />

0.5<br />

0.4<br />

0.3<br />

0.2<br />

measured<br />

bed<br />

simulated<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />

Distance [m]<br />

Fig. 16: H_3: Water surface elevation after 10 s (BC)<br />

0.12<br />

0.1<br />

simulated<br />

measured<br />

0.08<br />

waterdepth [m]<br />

0.06<br />

0.04<br />

0.02<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100<br />

time [s]<br />

120<br />

Fig. 17: H_3: Temporal behaviour of water depth at x = 70.1 m (BC)<br />

R III - 3.1-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

0.1<br />

0.09<br />

0.08<br />

0.07<br />

simulated<br />

measured<br />

waterdepth [s]<br />

0.06<br />

0.05<br />

0.04<br />

0.03<br />

0.02<br />

0.01<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />

time [s]<br />

Fig. 18: H_3: Temporal behavior of water depth at x = 85.4 m (BC)<br />

3.1.3.2 Results obtained by BASEplane<br />

For two dimensions, the numerical results show a good agreement with the experimental<br />

measurements. Although in certain areas, the water depth is underestimated, the error is<br />

just at 7 % <strong>and</strong> only for a limited time. The comparison is still successful.<br />

10.1<br />

10<br />

9.9<br />

9.8<br />

WSE (m)<br />

9.7<br />

9.6<br />

Bed<br />

Exact<br />

EXP<br />

HLL<br />

9.5<br />

9.4<br />

9.3<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />

Distance (m)<br />

Fig. 19: H_3: Cross sectional water level after 10 s simulation time (BP)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.1-5<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

0.1<br />

0.09<br />

0.08<br />

0.07<br />

Depth (m)<br />

0.06<br />

0.05<br />

0.04<br />

Exact<br />

HLL<br />

EXP<br />

0.03<br />

0.02<br />

0.01<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />

Time (sec)<br />

Fig. 20: H_3: Chronological sequence of water depth at point x = 70.1 m (BP)<br />

0.1<br />

0.09<br />

0.08<br />

0.07<br />

Depth (m)<br />

0.06<br />

0.05<br />

0.04<br />

Exact<br />

HLL<br />

EXP<br />

0.03<br />

0.02<br />

0.01<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />

Time (sec)<br />

Fig. 21: H_3: Chronological sequence of water depth at point x = 85.4 m (BP)<br />

R III - 3.1-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

3.2 BASEchain Specific Test Cases<br />

3.2.1 H_BC_1: Fluid at rest in a closed channel with strongly varying geometry<br />

The test was successfully carried out. There was no movement at all – the water surface<br />

elevation remained constant over the whole area. No picture will be shown as there is<br />

nothing interesting to see.<br />

3.3 BASEplane Specific Test Cases<br />

3.3.1 H_BP_1: Rest water in a closed area with strong variational bottom<br />

The test was successfully carried out. There was no movement at all – the water surface<br />

elevation remained constant over the whole area. No picture will be shown as there is<br />

nothing interesting to see.<br />

3.3.2 H_BP_2: Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements<br />

The test was successfully carried out. There was no movement at all – the water surface<br />

elevation remained constant over the whole area. No picture will be shown as there is<br />

nothing interesting to see.<br />

3.3.3 H_BP_3 : Dam break within strongly bended geometry<br />

The computational area was discretized using a mesh with 1805 elements <strong>and</strong> 1039<br />

vertices. The vertical jump in bed topography between the reservoir <strong>and</strong> the channel was<br />

modelled with a strongly inclined cell (a node can only have one elevation information). Fig.<br />

12 shows the water level contours ant the velocity vectors. The following figures compare<br />

the time evolution of the measured water level with the simulated results at the control<br />

points G1, G3 <strong>and</strong> G5.<br />

The results are showing an accurate behaviour expect at the control point G5, where some<br />

bigger differences can be observed. They are caused by the use of a coarse mesh around<br />

that area. Using a higher mesh density, the water level in the critical area after the strong<br />

bend is better resolved <strong>and</strong> delivers more accurate results. Fig. 26 shows a comparison at<br />

point G5 for a coarse <strong>and</strong> a dense mesh.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.3-1<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

Fig. 22: H_BP_3: Water level <strong>and</strong> velocity vectors 5 seconds after the dam break<br />

0.2<br />

0.175<br />

0.15<br />

0.125<br />

WSE (m)<br />

0.1<br />

EXP<br />

Exact<br />

HLL<br />

0.075<br />

0.05<br />

0.025<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />

Time (sec)<br />

Fig. 23: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G1<br />

R III - 3.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

0.2<br />

0.175<br />

0.15<br />

0.125<br />

WSE (m)<br />

0.1<br />

EXP<br />

Exact<br />

HLL<br />

0.075<br />

0.05<br />

0.025<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />

Time (sec)<br />

Fig. 24: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G3<br />

0.2<br />

0.175<br />

0.15<br />

0.125<br />

WSE (m)<br />

0.1<br />

EXP<br />

Exact<br />

HLL<br />

0.075<br />

0.05<br />

0.025<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />

Time (sec)<br />

Fig. 25: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G5<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.3-3<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

0.2<br />

0.175<br />

0.15<br />

0.125<br />

WSE (m)<br />

0.1<br />

Exp<br />

fines Gitter<br />

grobes Gitter<br />

0.075<br />

0.05<br />

0.025<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />

Time (sec)<br />

Fig. 26: H_BP_5: Comparison of the water level at point G5 for a coarse <strong>and</strong> a dense grid.<br />

3.3.4 H_BP_4 : Malpasset dam break<br />

The computational grid consists of 26000 triangulated control volumes <strong>and</strong> 13541 vertices.<br />

The time step was chosen according to a CFL number of 0.85. Fig. 27 shows the computed<br />

water depth <strong>and</strong> velocities 300 seconds after the dam break. Fig. 28 compares several<br />

computed with the observed data on water level elevation at different stations.<br />

BASEplane results show a good agreement with the observed values as also other<br />

simulation results. The differences between computed <strong>and</strong> measured data are maximally<br />

around 10%.<br />

R III - 3.3-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

Fig. 27: H_BP_4: Computed water depth <strong>and</strong> velocities 300 seconds after the dam break.<br />

100.00<br />

90.00<br />

80.00<br />

70.00<br />

Wasserspiegellage [m.ü.M]<br />

60.00<br />

50.00<br />

40.00<br />

30.00<br />

field data<br />

BASEplane<br />

Yoon & Kang (2004)<br />

Valiani et al. (2002)<br />

20.00<br />

10.00<br />

0.00<br />

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P15 P17<br />

Messstelle<br />

Fig. 28: H_BP_4: Computed <strong>and</strong> observed water surface elevation at different control points<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.3-5<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R III - 3.3-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

4 Results of <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> Test Cases<br />

4.1 Common Test Cases<br />

4.1.1 ST_1: Soni<br />

4.1.1.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />

The Soni test case has been simulated with the MPM approach like the one used for the<br />

next test case of Saiedi (see next chapter 4.1.2). As for the Saiedi test case, the equilibrium<br />

bed load of 2.42*10 -7 m 3 /s is known, the MPM-factor has been calibrated to obtain a good<br />

agreement for the equilibrium state (2.419*10 -7 m 3 /s). This leads to a value of 8.21 for the<br />

prefactor in the MPM-formula.<br />

The results show a quite good agreement between experiment <strong>and</strong> simulation. Obviously,<br />

for the Soni test case, the MPM sediment transport formula seems more applicable<br />

compared to the test case of Saiedi. This shows very nicely that one has to take care of<br />

what formula is being used but also what values the different free parameters are given.<br />

0.05<br />

Difference of bed level from initial state [m]<br />

0.04<br />

0.03<br />

0.02<br />

0.01<br />

0<br />

mesured 15 min.<br />

mesured 30 min.<br />

mesured 45 min.<br />

computed 15 min.<br />

computed 30 min.<br />

computed 45 min.<br />

-0.01<br />

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18<br />

Distance from upstream [m]<br />

Fig. 29: ST_1: Soni Test with MPM-factor = 8.21 (BC)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 4.1-1<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

4.1.2 ST_2: Saiedi<br />

4.1.2.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />

The Saiedi test was simulated using the Meyer-Peter Müller approach for the sediment flux,<br />

which can also be formulated as:<br />

qB<br />

= factor( θ −θcr) ( s−1)<br />

gdm<br />

3/2 3/2<br />

The factor is usually set around 8.0 <strong>and</strong> should be between 5 <strong>and</strong> 15 (Wiberg <strong>and</strong> Smith<br />

1989).<br />

A first test was executed without any calibration, thus with the factor of Meyer-Peter Müller<br />

equal to 8.0.<br />

0.5<br />

Bed profile normalized by 0.223 m<br />

measured 30 min.<br />

0.4<br />

measured 120 min<br />

calculated 30 min.<br />

0.3<br />

calculated 120 min.<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1<br />

-0.1<br />

Distance from upstream normalized by 18 m<br />

Fig. 30: ST_2: Saiedi Test 1(BC)<br />

The result is conservative but the location of the front <strong>and</strong> the elevation are quite far from<br />

the measured situation.<br />

A second test was effectuated calibrating the MPM-factor with the aim of obtaining a good<br />

fit for the first measurement (30 min.), but without any respect of the limits of the formula.<br />

So the factor of the MPM-formula was set to 50.<br />

R III - 4.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

0.5<br />

Bed profile normalized by 0.223 m<br />

0.4<br />

0.3<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

measured 30 min.<br />

measured 120 min<br />

calculated 30 min.<br />

calculated 120 min.<br />

-0.1<br />

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1<br />

Distance from upstream normalized by 18 m<br />

Fig. 31: ST_2: Saiedi Test 2, with MPM-factor = 50 (BC)<br />

The result for the second measurement in this case presents a good fit. This expample<br />

shows that the approach of MPM is not suited for this case, but good results can be<br />

obtained, if a suited approach for the bed load transport is found.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 4.1-3<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

4.1.3 ST_3: Guenter<br />

4.1.3.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />

For mixed materials, the Guenter test case has been performed. The initial slope was<br />

chosen to be 0.25 % - this corresponds to the full experiment of Guenter.<br />

The eroded material is eliminated from the end basin by a sediment sink. The active layer<br />

height is 7 [cm] <strong>and</strong> the critical dimensionless shear stress (for beginning of sediment<br />

transport) is set to the default value of 0,047. After 200 hours, there are no more important<br />

changes recognizable. After the results of Guenter the slope at the final equilibrium state<br />

should be the same as the initial one.<br />

The results show a good agreement for the final slope between experiment <strong>and</strong> simulation.<br />

However, concerning the grain size distribution, the result shows a sorting process taking<br />

place: The finer material is obviously washed out too strongly.<br />

There are many parameters which influence this result, especially the choice of the critical<br />

shear stress <strong>and</strong> the height of the active layer. Again, this example shows, one has to use<br />

different approaches for sediment transport with different values for the free parameters.<br />

Quite often, a sensitivity analysis may give a better insight in the behaviour of certain<br />

formulas <strong>and</strong> their parameters.<br />

10.1<br />

10<br />

9.9<br />

9.8<br />

Bed level [m]<br />

9.7<br />

9.6<br />

9.5<br />

9.4<br />

9.3<br />

initial state<br />

computed 200 hours<br />

9.2<br />

9.1<br />

9<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55<br />

Distance from upstream [m]<br />

Fig. 32: ST_3: Guenter Test: equilibrium bed level (BC)<br />

R III - 4.1-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

1<br />

0.9<br />

0.8<br />

initial state<br />

equilibrium state measured<br />

computed 200 hours<br />

0.7<br />

Sum of fractions<br />

0.6<br />

0.5<br />

0.4<br />

0.3<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6<br />

Grain size [cm]<br />

Fig. 33: ST_3: Guenter Test: grain size distribution (BC)<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 4.1-5<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

R III - 4.1-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

TEST CASES<br />

References<br />

Kassem, A. A., <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry, M. H. (1998). "Comparison of coupled <strong>and</strong> semicoupled<br />

numerical models for alluvial channels." Journal of Hydraulic Engineering-Asce,<br />

124(8), 794-802.<br />

Soni, J. P. (1981). "Laboratory Study of Aggradation in Alluvial Channels." Journal of<br />

Hydrology, 49(1-2), 87-106.<br />

Soni, J. P., Garde, R. J., <strong>and</strong> Raju, K. G. R. (1980). "Aggradation in Streams Due to<br />

Overloading." Journal of the Hydraulics Division-Asce, 106(1), 117-132.<br />

Soulis, J. V. (2002). "A fully coupled numerical technique for 2D bed morphology<br />

calculations." International Journal for Numerical Methods in Fluids, 38(1), 71-98.<br />

Tseng, M. H. "Verification of 1-D Transcritical Flow Model in Channels." Natl. Sci. Counc.<br />

ROC(A), 654-664.<br />

Vasquez, J. A., Steffler, P. M., <strong>and</strong> Millar, R. G. "River2D Morphology, Part I: Straight alluvial<br />

channels." 17th Canadian Hydrotechnical Conference, Edmonton, Alberta.<br />

Wiberg, P. L., <strong>and</strong> Smith, J. D. (1989). "Model for Calculating Bed-Load <strong>Transport</strong> of<br />

<strong>Sediment</strong>." Journal of Hydraulic Engineering-Asce, 115(1), 101-123.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 6/21/2006<br />

R III - References


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Table of Contents<br />

Part 1: The Comm<strong>and</strong> File of BASEMENT<br />

1 Main structure of the comm<strong>and</strong> file<br />

1.1 Syntax................................................................................................................. 1.1-1<br />

1.2 Super blocks....................................................................................................... 1.2-1<br />

1.3 Block Description............................................................................................... 1.3-1<br />

2 Block List<br />

2.1 PROJECT............................................................................................................. 2.1-1<br />

2.2 DOMAIN.............................................................................................................. 2.2-1<br />

2.3 PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES ................................................................................... 2.3-1<br />

2.4 BASECHAIN_1D : core block for one dimensional simulations .................... 2.4-1<br />

2.4.1 GEOMETRY.................................................................................................. 2.4-3<br />

2.4.2 HYDRAULICS ............................................................................................... 2.4-4<br />

2.4.2.1 BOUNDARY .......................................................................................... 2.4-5<br />

2.4.2.2 INITIAL .................................................................................................. 2.4-9<br />

2.4.2.3 SOURCE.............................................................................................. 2.4-10<br />

2.4.2.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE................................................................... 2.4-11<br />

2.4.2.4 PARAMETER....................................................................................... 2.4-13<br />

2.4.3 MORPHOLOGY.......................................................................................... 2.4-14<br />

2.4.3.1 BEDMATERIAL ................................................................................... 2.4-15<br />

2.4.3.1.1 GRAIN_CLASS ............................................................................. 2.4-16<br />

2.4.3.1.2 MIXTURE...................................................................................... 2.4-17<br />

2.4.3.1.3 SOIL_DEF..................................................................................... 2.4-18<br />

2.4.3.1.4 SOIL_ASSIGNMENT .................................................................... 2.4-21<br />

2.4.3.2 BOUNDARY ........................................................................................ 2.4-22<br />

2.4.3.3 SOURCE.............................................................................................. 2.4-24<br />

2.4.3.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE................................................................... 2.4-25<br />

2.4.3.4 PARAMETERS..................................................................................... 2.4-26<br />

2.5 OUTPUT.............................................................................................................. 2.5-1<br />

2.5.1.1 SPECIAL_OUTPUT ................................................................................ 2.5-2<br />

2.6 BASEPLANE_2D : core block for two dimensional simulations ................... 2.6-1<br />

2.6.1 GEOMETRY.................................................................................................. 2.6-3<br />

2.6.1.1 STRINGDEF........................................................................................... 2.6-4<br />

2.6.2 HYDRAULICS ............................................................................................... 2.6-5<br />

2.6.2.1 BOUNDARY .......................................................................................... 2.6-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006<br />

RIV - i


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.2.2 INITIAL .................................................................................................. 2.6-8<br />

2.6.2.3 SOURCE.............................................................................................. 2.6-10<br />

2.6.2.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE................................................................... 2.6-11<br />

2.6.2.4 PARAMETER....................................................................................... 2.6-12<br />

2.6.3 MORPHOLOGY.......................................................................................... 2.6-14<br />

2.6.3.1 BEDMATERIAL ................................................................................... 2.6-15<br />

2.6.3.1.1 GRAIN_CLASS ............................................................................. 2.6-16<br />

2.6.3.1.2 MIXTURE...................................................................................... 2.6-17<br />

2.6.3.1.3 SOIL_DEF..................................................................................... 2.6-18<br />

2.6.3.1.4 SOIL_ASSIGNMENT .................................................................... 2.6-22<br />

2.6.3.2 BOUNDARY ........................................................................................ 2.6-23<br />

2.6.3.3 SOURCE.............................................................................................. 2.6-24<br />

2.6.3.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE................................................................... 2.6-25<br />

2.6.3.4 PARAMETERS..................................................................................... 2.6-26<br />

2.7 OUTPUT.............................................................................................................. 2.7-1<br />

2.7.1.1 SPECIAL_OUTPUT ................................................................................ 2.7-3<br />

Part 2: Auxiliary Input Files<br />

3 Auxiliary input files<br />

3.1 Introduction........................................................................................................ 3.1-1<br />

3.1.1 Elements of an auxiliary input files............................................................... 3.1-1<br />

3.1.2 Syntax description ........................................................................................ 3.1-1<br />

3.2 Type “BC” : File containing a boundary condition ........................................ 3.2-1<br />

3.3 Type “Ini1D” : File containing initial conditions for BASECHAIN_1D .......... 3.3-1<br />

3.4 Type “Topo1D” : Topography File for BASECHAIN_1D................................. 3.4-1<br />

RIV<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

IV INPUT FILES<br />

The main purpose of the comm<strong>and</strong> file is to ensure a structured <strong>and</strong> logical definition of a<br />

simulation independent of the chosen solvers or model dimensions (1d/2d). The comm<strong>and</strong><br />

file shall be of self explaining character <strong>and</strong> allow for a consistent integration of future<br />

developments.<br />

To not overload the comm<strong>and</strong> file, auxiliary files are necessary. One of the most often used<br />

auxiliary file is the one describing a time series of a quantity, e.g. a hydrograph used as<br />

boundary condition. If the comm<strong>and</strong> file is dem<strong>and</strong>ing for an auxiliary file, a reference to its<br />

type is given in the parameter description. Following auxiliary file types are documented in<br />

this part of the manual:<br />

- Type “BC” : file containing a boundary condition<br />

- Type “Ini1D” : file containing a initial condition (only use by BASECHAIN_1D)<br />

- Type “Topo1D” : topography file for BASECHAIN_1D<br />

The detailed description of these files can be found in part two of this section of the manual.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006<br />

RIV


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

IV INPUT FILES<br />

Part 1:<br />

The Comm<strong>and</strong> File of BASEMENT<br />

1 Main structure of the comm<strong>and</strong> file<br />

1.1 Syntax<br />

Generally, the input file has an object-oriented approach. The main keywords are treated as<br />

classes <strong>and</strong> have keywords as members which can be kind of super classes again. Every<br />

such block is enclosed by two curly braces, e.g.<br />

BLOCKNAME<br />

{<br />

variable_name = …<br />

variable_name = …<br />

…<br />

BLOCKNAME<br />

{<br />

variable_name = …<br />

…<br />

variable_list = ( var1 var2 var3 )<br />

}<br />

// this is a comment<br />

}<br />

…<br />

All information within the two brackets {} belongs to the superclass.<br />

A listing of variables is always embraced by two normal brackets, even if there is just one<br />

element in the list. Note that there must be a space between opening bracket <strong>and</strong> the first<br />

element as at the end of the list between last element <strong>and</strong> closing bracket. Between<br />

elements in the list, there is also at least a space.<br />

Comments can be placed anywhere within the input file. They are indicated with two<br />

slashes:<br />

//<br />

Every information after the two slashes until the end of line will be ignored.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 1.1-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 1.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

1.2 Super blocks<br />

On the first level, there are two super blocks: PROJECT <strong>and</strong> DOMAIN.<br />

The PROJECT-block contains all kind of meta-information as title, author, date, version, etc.<br />

The DOMAIN-block then includes all sub-blocks for a simulation, namely different regions<br />

for one or two dimensional simulations: BASECHAIN_1D <strong>and</strong> BASEPLANE_2D.<br />

These two super blocks contain the concrete input information for BASEMENT. Although<br />

the 1D <strong>and</strong> 2D solver differ in certain parts concerning the needed information, the rough<br />

topics are the same <strong>and</strong> will be treated as super-blocks themselves:<br />

• Geometry<br />

• Initial Conditions<br />

• Boundary Conditions<br />

• General parameters (a.k.a. trash)<br />

• Element specific parameters<br />

• Output specifications<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 1.2-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 1.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

1.3 Block Description<br />

The next chapter contains a full description of all possible blocks <strong>and</strong> variables within the<br />

comm<strong>and</strong> file. The structure looks as following:<br />

BLOCKNAME<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block […]<br />

[…]<br />

Possible super blocks are listed here<br />

Description: Gives a short description about the use of the block <strong>and</strong> its features<br />

Inner Blocks […]<br />

Possible sub blocks are listed here<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

example string Yes No - BLOCK 3<br />

something integer No Yes 0, 1, 2 -<br />

Block names are always written in capital letters for a clear identification. Every Block (<strong>and</strong><br />

also variables) may be compulsory <strong>and</strong>/or repeatable or not. Condition indicates the<br />

prerequisite of a super block.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 1.3-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 1.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2 Block List<br />

2.1 PROJECT<br />

PROJECT<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block -<br />

Description: Contains some meta information about the setup. This is the only block without further inner<br />

blocks.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

title string Yes No - -<br />

author string No No - -<br />

date date No No - -<br />

Example:<br />

PROJECT<br />

{<br />

title = Alpenrhein<br />

author = MeMyselfAndI<br />

date = 10.8.2006<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.1-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 2.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.2 DOMAIN<br />

DOMAIN<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block -<br />

Description: Defines the whole computational area <strong>and</strong> connects different specific areas. Multriregion is<br />

just the name for the overall area, e.g. Rhine river. Specific areas within the Rhine could be<br />

Rhinedelta (2D) <strong>and</strong> Alp-Rhine (1D). The Domain is primarily used to connect different<br />

computations <strong>and</strong> regions with each other.<br />

Inner Blocks PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

BASEPLANE_2D<br />

Variable type comp Rep values condition desc<br />

multiregion string Yes No - -<br />

Example:<br />

PROJECT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

DOMAIN<br />

{<br />

multiregion = Rhein<br />

PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

BASEPLANE_2D<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.2-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 2.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.3 PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />

PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block -<br />

Description: Some universally valid properties for all computational areas to follow are defined here.<br />

Inner Blocks -<br />

Variable type comp Rep values condition desc<br />

gravity double Yes No Acceleration<br />

due to gravity<br />

viscosity double Kinematic<br />

viscosity<br />

rho_fluid string Yes No - - Fluid density<br />

Example:<br />

PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />

{<br />

gravity = 9.81<br />

viscosity = 1.0<br />

rho_fluid = 1000<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.3-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 2.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4 BASECHAIN_1D : core block for one dimensional simulations<br />

The main block declaring a 1D simulation is called BASECHAIN_1D within the DOMAINblock.<br />

It contains all information about the precise simulation. To ensure a homogeneous<br />

input structure, the sub blocks for BASECHAIN_1D <strong>and</strong> BASEPLANE_2D are roughly the<br />

same.<br />

A first distinction is made for geometry, hydraulic <strong>and</strong> morphologic data as the user is not<br />

always interested in both results of fluvial <strong>and</strong> sedimentologic simulation. The geometry<br />

however is independent of the choice of calculation. Inside the two blocks (hydraulics <strong>and</strong><br />

morphology), the structure covers the whole field of numerical <strong>and</strong> mathematical<br />

information that is required for every computation.<br />

These blocks deal with boundary conditions, initial conditions, sources <strong>and</strong> sinks, numerical<br />

parameters <strong>and</strong> settings <strong>and</strong> output-specifications. Be aware of a slightly different behaviour<br />

of the sub blocks dependent on the choice of 1D or 2D calculation.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block includes all information for a 1D simulation<br />

Inner Blocks GEOMETRY<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

OUTPUT<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

region_name string Yes No - -<br />

Example:<br />

DOMAIN<br />

{<br />

multiregion = Rhein<br />

PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

{<br />

region_name = Alpenrhein<br />

GEOMETRY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.4-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.1 GEOMETRY<br />

GEOMETRY<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

Defines the problems topography using different input formats.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

geometry_type enum Yes No {floris,hecras} -<br />

geofile string Yes No Filetype -<br />

Topo1D<br />

cross_section_order string list Yes No ( cs1 cs2 … BASECHAIN_1D<br />

… csx )<br />

where csX<br />

are defined<br />

in the input<br />

file.<br />

The cross section order is only used for 1D geometry. Within the input file, all crossstrings<br />

are defined. However, you might want to use only some of these cross strings or change<br />

their order. The active cross stings are then defined in the string cross section order.<br />

Attention: The first string in the list will be treated internally as upstream <strong>and</strong> the last string<br />

will be the downstream. This will be of further use with the boundary conditions.<br />

Example:<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

{<br />

region_name = alpine_rhine<br />

GEOMETRY<br />

{<br />

geometry_type = floris<br />

geofile = funInRhine.txt<br />

cross_section_names = ( QP84.000 QP84.200 QP84.400<br />

QP84.600 QP85.800 )<br />

}<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-3<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.2 HYDRAULICS<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Blocks<br />

Description: Defines the hydraulic specifications for the simulation. This block contains only further sub<br />

blocks but no own variables.<br />

Inner Blocks BOUNDARY<br />

INITIAL<br />

SOURCE<br />

PARAMETER<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

- - - -<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

INITIAL<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

PARAMETER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.4-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.2.1 BOUNDARY<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

Description:<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Defines boundary conditions for hydraulics. If no boundary condition is specified for<br />

part of or the whole boundary, an infinite wall is assumed. For every different<br />

condition, a new block BOUNDARY has to be used.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

Boundary_type string Yes No {weir,<br />

hqrelation, wall,<br />

HYDRAULICS,<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

gate,<br />

zero_gradient,<br />

hydrograph,<br />

zhydrograph}<br />

boundary_string string Yes No {upstream,<br />

downstream}<br />

Upstream <strong>and</strong><br />

downstream are<br />

defined by the<br />

first resp. last<br />

entry in the cross<br />

section order list<br />

for 1D geometry<br />

boundary_file string No No File type “BC” hydrograph, *.txt file<br />

weir, hqrelation,<br />

gate<br />

precision double No No [m 3 /2] hydrograph For iterative<br />

determination of<br />

the wetted area<br />

corresponding to a<br />

discharge:<br />

accepted<br />

difference<br />

between given<br />

<strong>and</strong> calculated<br />

discharge.<br />

number_of_iterations integer No No hydrograph Maximum number<br />

of iterations<br />

allowed for the<br />

iterative<br />

determination of<br />

the wetted area,<br />

before the<br />

computation is<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-5<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

interrupted.<br />

level double No No [m rel.] gate, weir For constant level<br />

of weir or the<br />

bottom part of<br />

gate<br />

width double No No [m abs.] gate, weir Width of the weir<br />

crest.<br />

embankement_slope double no No weir Slope of the weir<br />

embankments (the<br />

weir must be<br />

symmetric).<br />

poleni_factor double No No gate, weir Weir factor<br />

according to<br />

Poleni<br />

Default: 0.65<br />

contraction_factor double No No gate Contraction factor<br />

μ of the gate.<br />

reduction_factor double No No gate Reduction factor<br />

for weir (if the<br />

water level is<br />

lower than the<br />

bottom line of the<br />

gate a weir<br />

computation is<br />

executed)<br />

gate_elevation double No No [m rel.] Gate For constant level<br />

of gate<br />

gate_file string No No File type “BC” Gate For timedependent<br />

[m rel.]<br />

behaviour of the<br />

gate_elevation<br />

level_file string No No File type “BC” gate,weir For timedependent<br />

[m rel.]<br />

behaviour of weir<br />

or lower part of<br />

the gate<br />

Boundary types for 1D simulations:<br />

• hydrograph: This boundary conditions for the upstream is a hydrograph describing<br />

the total discharge in time over a cross-string. It requires a boundary file with two<br />

columns: time <strong>and</strong> corresponding discharge. You don’t have to specify the<br />

discharge for each timestep – values will be interpolated between the defined times<br />

in the input file. However, you need at least 2 discharges in time – at the beginning<br />

<strong>and</strong> in the end. If you use a constant discharge in time, at the beginning of the<br />

RIV - 2.4-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

simulation, the discharge will be smoothly increased from zero to the constant value<br />

within a certain time. If the duration of the simulation is longer than the given<br />

hydrograph, the last given discharge will be kept for the rest of the simulation. If the<br />

discharge has to become 0, this must be indicated explicitly! The interpolation of<br />

the values is linear.<br />

• zero_gradient: This boundary condition is only used for downstream conditions.<br />

Basically, the main variables within the last computational cell remain are constant<br />

over the whole element. There are no further variables needed.<br />

• weir: This is another outflow boundary condition. It requires the definition of its<br />

width, embankement_slope, poleni_factor <strong>and</strong> its level. For a constant level use<br />

level, for changing level in time, use a level_file of type “BC” with two columns:<br />

time <strong>and</strong> corresponding level. Values are interpolated in time automatically.<br />

Data for the use of a weir as boundary condition:<br />

2<br />

2/3<br />

Q=<br />

bμ<br />

2gH<br />

3<br />

Q : discharge;<br />

b : width of the weir;<br />

μ : contraction or weir factor;<br />

H : level difference between weir crest <strong>and</strong> upstream energy level.<br />

• wall: This is the default boundary condition for all nodes where no other boundary<br />

was specified. The wall is of infinite height – there is no flux across the element<br />

borders. There are no further variables needed.<br />

• gate1D: A gate is like an inverted weir – hanging from the top down into the water.<br />

It is used as a special downstream boundary condition in 1D simulations.<br />

Compulsory variables are width, contraction_factor, reduction_factor, poleni_factor,<br />

gate_elevation <strong>and</strong> level. Level indicates the level of the bottom floor,<br />

gate_elevation the level of the gate. For changing level <strong>and</strong> gate elevation in time,<br />

use the level_file <strong>and</strong> gate_file of type “BC” with two columns: time <strong>and</strong><br />

corresponding level. Values are interpolated in time automatically.<br />

Parameters for the use of a hydraulic gate as lower boundary condition. The flux is<br />

computed with:<br />

Q = bμa 2 g( H − μa)<br />

Q : discharge;<br />

b : gate width;<br />

a : height of gate aperture;<br />

μ : contraction factor;<br />

H : upstream energy level.<br />

• hqrelation: Knowing the relation between water depth <strong>and</strong> discharge, this<br />

downstream boundary condition takes the discharge corresponding to the<br />

computed water depth. The relation between h <strong>and</strong> q can be manually defined in a<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-7<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

boundary file of type “BC”. Values are interpolated. If no boundary file is specified,<br />

the hq-relation is computed internally due to the given topography.<br />

• zhydrograph: Another downstream boundary condition is the behaviour of the<br />

Water Surface Elevation in time. Time <strong>and</strong> corresponding WSE have to be defined in<br />

the boundary_file of type “BC”.<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

boundary_type = hydrograph<br />

boundary_string = upstream<br />

boundary_file = discharge_in_time.txt<br />

precision = 0.99<br />

number_of_iterations = 10<br />

}<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

boundary_type = weir<br />

boundary_string = downstream<br />

level_file = weirlevel_in_time.txt<br />

// for constant level in time use e.g. level = 4.2<br />

width = 13.5<br />

embankement_slope = 0.04<br />

poleni_factor = 1.0<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.4-8<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.2.2 INITIAL<br />

INITIAL<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Blocks<br />

Description: Defines initial conditions for hydraulics. If no initial condition is specified for parts or the whole<br />

computational area, a dry condition is assumed.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

initial_type enum Yes No {backwater, dry, fileinput}<br />

initial_file string No No Dependent on initial type fileinput<br />

q_out double Yes No [m 3 /s] backwater<br />

WSE_out double Yes no [m rel.] backwater -<br />

Initial conditions for 1D simulations:<br />

• dry: This is the most simple initial condition. The whole area is initially dry – no<br />

discharge <strong>and</strong> no WSE are needed. This is the default for every computational cell<br />

where no initial condition is specified. No further variables are needed for this<br />

choice of initial condition.<br />

• fileinput: In 1D, for every cross-section, the WSE <strong>and</strong> discharge can be specified as<br />

initial condition. This choice needs an input file of type “Ini1D” with three columns:<br />

name of the cross-string (as specified in geometry), area A (corresponds to a certain<br />

WSE), discharge Q. This is also the restart option for 1Dsimulations as the default<br />

output file from previous simulations can directly be used for the import of initial<br />

conditions.<br />

• backwater: This initial condition is only available for 1D simulations. By specifying<br />

the WSE <strong>and</strong> discharge at the downstream boundary, BASEMENT then computes<br />

the backwater (“Staukurve”) for all cross-strings. Choosing this initial condition<br />

requires the specification of WSE_out <strong>and</strong> q_out.<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

INITIAL<br />

{<br />

initial_type = backwater<br />

q_out = 15.6<br />

WSE_out = 1.78<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-9<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.2.3 SOURCE<br />

SOURCE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

The SOURCE block deals with all influences on the Source term in the equations like<br />

friction <strong>and</strong> external sources. The EXTERNAL_SOURCE block is used for additional<br />

sources. In 1D, these terms represent inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow over the lateral sides of the<br />

channel.<br />

At the moment, friction <strong>and</strong> its parameters like Strickler-value are defined within the<br />

geometry-file (see Auxiliary Files: Type “Topo1D”).<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.4-10<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.2.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks SOURCE < HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Specifies sources <strong>and</strong> sinks static or in time for parts or the whole area. The external source<br />

block is used for additional sources, mostly used for lateral inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow. Note, that<br />

external sources for hydraulics act between two cross-sections which have to be defined<br />

(contrary to morphologic external sources for 1D). If no source block is specified at all, the<br />

additional source is set to zero.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

source_type enum Yes No [off_channel,<br />

qlateral]<br />

source_file string No No File type “BC” qlateral<br />

[m 3 /s]<br />

cross_sections string No No BASECHAIN_1D Cross section name<br />

must have been<br />

specified in the<br />

geometry input file<br />

side enum No No [left, right] BASECHAIN_1D Specifies from which<br />

side of the cross<br />

section (seen in flow<br />

direction) the source is<br />

acting.<br />

Source types for 1D simulations:<br />

• off_channel: This is kind of a boundary condition which allows overflow over the<br />

lateral edges of the cross sections. This option is followed with the cross_sections<br />

name. Additionally, the side token specifies whether this occurs at the left or right<br />

side. The behaviour of an off channel is like a lateral weir with the height of the<br />

extremal cross string points. No additional variable is needed. The off_channel flow<br />

acts between the defined cross-sections.<br />

• qlateral: This additional source simulates in- or outflows at the right or left side of<br />

the cross section. This option needs to be followed with the key token<br />

cross_sections with a list of the two successive cross-sections. Additionally, the<br />

side token specifies the location of the acting source (seen in flow direction). Finally,<br />

the source file includes the information about the temporal behaviour of the<br />

source’s discharge. The discharge will act between the defined two cross-sections.<br />

These cross-sections have to be defined in the geometry block successively.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-11<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Example:<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

source_type = qlateral¨<br />

cross_sections = ( QP84.200 QP84.400 )<br />

side = right<br />

source_file = lateral_discharge_in_time.txt<br />

}<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

source_type = off_channel<br />

cross_sections = ( QP84.400 QP84.800 )<br />

side = left<br />

}<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.4-12<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.2.4 PARAMETER<br />

PARAMETER<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

This block contains some few numerical variables for hydraulic simulations.<br />

Inner Blocks -<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

initial_time_step double Yes no [s] HYDRAULICS Time step used for the<br />

determination of the<br />

computational time step.<br />

Must be clearly larger than<br />

the biggest computed time<br />

step<br />

minimum_water_depth double Yes no [m] HYDRAULICS Below this value, a cell is<br />

treated as dry.<br />

CFL double Yes no 0.5 < HYDRAULICS CFL (Courant Friedrich<br />

CFL <<br />

Lévy) number. Influences<br />

1.0<br />

the stability of the<br />

computation (value 0.5-1). It<br />

should be as close as<br />

possible to 1, <strong>and</strong><br />

diminished only in case of<br />

stability problems. This<br />

leads to an increase of<br />

numerical diffusion..<br />

total_run_time double Yes No [s] HYDRAULICS Defines the duration of the<br />

simulation.<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

PARAMETER<br />

{<br />

total_run_time = 10000.0<br />

initial_time_step = 10.0<br />

CFL = 0.7<br />

minimum_water_depth = 0.000001<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-13<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3 MORPHOLOGY<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Defines the morphologic specifications for the simulation. Contrary to hydraulics, this is not<br />

compulsory. If Morphology is not specified, sediment transport will be inactive. Contrary to the<br />

HYDRAULICS block, there is no INITIAL block within MORPHOLOGY. Therefore, all bedload is<br />

initially at rest by default.<br />

Inner Blocks BEDMATERIAL<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

SOURCE<br />

PARAMETER<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

- - - - - - -<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

PARAMETER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.4-14<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.1 BEDMATERIAL<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block defines the characteristics of the bed material. The GRAIN_CLASS specifies<br />

the relevant diameters of the grain. The MIXTURE block allows to produce different grain<br />

mixtures with the defined diameters. The SOIL_DEF block defines sublayers <strong>and</strong> the<br />

active layer. Finally, the SOIL_ASSIGNMENT block is used to assign the different soil<br />

definitions to their corresponding areas in the topography.<br />

Inner Blocks GRAIN_CLASS<br />

MIXTURE<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

- - - - - - -<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-15<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.1.1 GRAIN_CLASS<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Blocks<br />

Description: This block defines the mean diameters of the bed material in metres?!. The number of diameters<br />

in the list automatically sets the number of grains. For “single grain simulations”, only one<br />

diameter must be defined.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

diameters list of doubles yes no [m]<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

// simulation with 5 grain sizes<br />

diameters = ( 0.005 0.021 0.046 0.070 0.15)<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

// simulation with 1 grain size<br />

diameters = ( 0.046 )<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.4-16<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.1.2 MIXTURE<br />

MIXTURE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block allows the definition of different grain mixtures. According to the number of grain<br />

diameters from the GRAIN_CLASS, for each class, the percentual fraction of volume has to<br />

be specified using a value between 0 <strong>and</strong> 1. The fractions must be written in the order<br />

corresponding to the grain class list. If a grain class is not present in a mixture, its fraction<br />

value has to be set to 0.<br />

The mixture_name is used later for easy to use assignments.<br />

As the MIXTURE block is repeatable, several mixtures can be defined.<br />

In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />

MIXTURE block does not have to be defined.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

mixture_name string Yes No<br />

volume_fraction list of doubles Yes [0 to 1]<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

// simulation with 3 grain sizes<br />

diameters = ( 0.005 0.021 0.046 )<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

mixture_name = mixture1<br />

volume_fraction = ( 0.3 0.5 0.2 )<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

mixture_name = mixture2<br />

volume_fraction = ( 0.3 0.4 0.3 )<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-17<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.1.3 SOIL_DEF<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

This block defines the sub-structure of the soil. At the top is the active layer. Every<br />

further layer is defined within a SUBLAYER block. Every layer has an own mixture<br />

assigned.<br />

The definition of d90_armored_layer is only valid for single grain size simulations. If<br />

d90_armored_layer is set to 0, no armoured layer is being used.<br />

In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />

active_layer_mixture does not has to be defined. Unlike in 2D simulations, for single<br />

grain size simulations, one SUBLAYER block is needed to define the fixed bed by its<br />

bottom elevation.<br />

If no SUBLAYER block is defined within a SOIL_DEF, a fixed bed without sublayer on<br />

top is assumed at this place. The SUBLAYER blocks have to be defined ordered by<br />

there relative distance to the surface!<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

soil_name string yes no<br />

active_layer_height string yes no [m]<br />

active_layer_mixture string yes no Mixture<br />

defined<br />

d90_armored_layer double no no [mm] Single grain<br />

simulation<br />

tau_erosion_start double no no [N/m 2 ]<br />

RIV - 2.4-18<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

soil_name = soil1<br />

active_layer_height = 0.3<br />

active_layer_mixture = mixture1<br />

tau_erosion_start = 0.89<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

soil_name = soil2<br />

active_layer_height = 0.5<br />

active_layer_mixture = mixture2<br />

d90_armored_layer = 6.8<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-19<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.1.3.1 SUBLAYER<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks SOIL_DEF < BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block defines a sublayer. For every sublayer, a new block has to be used. In 1D, the<br />

bottom elevation is relative to the surface topography defined in the geometry file.<br />

Therefore, a minus-sign has to be used. In 2D however, the bottom elevation is meant to<br />

be an absolute height!<br />

The SUBLAYER blocks have to be defined ordered by their relative height to the surface.<br />

In 1D the bottom of the lowest sublayer automatically defines the fixed bed. Unlike in 2D,<br />

there is no FIXED_BED block needed.<br />

In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), only one<br />

SUBLAYER block is needed, which automatically defines the fixed bed.<br />

If no SUBLAYER block is defined within a SOIL_DEF block, a fixed bed without sublayer<br />

on top is assumed at this place.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

bottom_elevation double Yes No [m] Relative to surface<br />

sublayer_mixture string No No Mixture<br />

defined<br />

Example:<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

soil_name = soil1<br />

active_layer_height = 0.3<br />

active_layer_mixture = mixture1<br />

tau_erosion_start = 0.89<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

bottom_elevation = -0.5<br />

}<br />

sublayer_mixture = mixture1<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

bottom_elevation = -1.3<br />

sublayer_mixture = mixture2<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

// first sublayer<br />

// second sublayer<br />

RIV - 2.4-20<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.1.4 SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

This block is finally used to assign the soil definitions to their corresponding areas in the<br />

topography. For this purpose, the index-technique is used. In the geometry input file,<br />

every cross-section (<strong>and</strong> also parts of a cross-section) can be labelled with an integer<br />

index number which is used here to attach a soil definition.<br />

For single grain size simulations, no soil assignment is needed, as the erodable bed<br />

consists everywhere of one grain class defined in GRAIN_CLASS.<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

input_type string Yes No [index_table]<br />

index list of integers No No index_table<br />

soil list of doubles No No index_table<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

{<br />

input_type = index_table<br />

index = ( 1 2 4 6 )<br />

soil = ( soil1 soil2 soil3 soil1 )<br />

}<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-21<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.2 BOUNDARY<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Defines boundary conditions for morphology. If no boundary condition is specified for part<br />

of or the whole boundary, an infinite wall is assumed. For every different condition, a new<br />

block BOUNDARY has to be used. It is distinguished between upstream <strong>and</strong> downstream<br />

boundary conditions. At the upstream, inflow conditions are valable. They need a mixture<br />

assigned in case of multi grain size simulaitons. Downstream boundary conditions are for<br />

outflow – they don’t need any mixture in any case.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

boundary_type enum Yes No {sediment_discharge, MORPHOLOGY<br />

IOUp, IODown}<br />

boundary_string string Yes No {upstream,<br />

downstream}<br />

string name defined Upstream<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

downstream<br />

are defined<br />

by the first<br />

resp. last<br />

entry in the<br />

string order<br />

list for 1D<br />

geometry<br />

boundary_file string No No File type “BC” sediment_discharge<br />

boundary_mixture string No No upstream, mixture<br />

defined<br />

multi grain size<br />

simulation<br />

Boundary types for 1D simulations:<br />

• sediment_discharge: this boundary condition is based on a sediment-“hydrograph”<br />

describing the bedload inflow at the upstream bound in time. The behaviour in time<br />

is specified in the boundary file with two columns: time <strong>and</strong> corresponding<br />

sediment discharge. The values are interpolated in time. Additionally, the<br />

boundary_mixture must be set to a predefined mixture name.<br />

• IOUp: This upstream boundary condition grants a constant bedload inflow. Basically,<br />

the same amount of sediment leaving the first computational cell in flow direction<br />

enters the cell from the upstream bound. This is useful to determine the equilibrium<br />

flux. As it is an inflow condition, a boundary_mixture must be set.<br />

• IODown: The only downstream boundary condition available for sediment transport<br />

corresponds to the definition of IOup. All sediment entering the last computational<br />

cell will leave the cell over the downstream boundary. There is no further<br />

RIV - 2.4-22<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

information needed for this case. If you don’t specify any downstream boundary<br />

condition, no transport over the downstream bound will occur – a wall is assumed.<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

boundary_type = sediment_discharge<br />

boundary_string = upstream<br />

boundary_file = upstream_discharge.txt<br />

boundary_mixture = mixture2<br />

}<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

boundary_type = IODown<br />

boundary_string = downstream<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-23<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.3 SOURCE<br />

SOURCE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

The SOURCE block for morphology in 1D contains only external sources for lateral<br />

bedload inflow. For each such external source, a new inner EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

block has to be defined.<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

- - - - -<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.4-24<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks SOURCE < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: The external source block is used for additional lateral sources beneath the boundary<br />

conditions, e.g. unloading of bedload or lateral sediment inflow. Note, that external sources<br />

for morphology act exactly on one cross-section (contrary to hydraulic external sources for<br />

1D). An input file for sediment discharge can be used for the definition of inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow<br />

(sink / negative discharge). However, the source_mixture only acts for sediment inflow <strong>and</strong><br />

doesn’t have to be specified with single grain size simulations.<br />

If no source block is specified at all, the additional source is set to zero.<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

source_type enum Yes No sediment_dicharge<br />

source_file String No No File type “BC”<br />

cross_section string No No<br />

source_mixture string No No Mixture<br />

defined<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

source_type = sediment_discharge<br />

source_file = source_in_time.txt<br />

cross_section = QP84.200<br />

source_mixture = mixture2<br />

}<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

source_type = sediment_discharge<br />

source_file = another_source_in_time.txt<br />

cross_section = QP84.800<br />

source_mixture = mixture1<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-25<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.4.3.4 PARAMETERS<br />

PARAMETER<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

The PARAMETER block for morphology in 1D contains general settings dealing with<br />

bedload transport <strong>and</strong> sediment properties.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

hydro_step double MORPHOLOGY Number of time steps after<br />

which the hydraulic<br />

parameters<br />

are<br />

recomputed (useful in case<br />

of bed load computation<br />

with steady flow<br />

conditions).<br />

bedload_transport String Yes No {MPM, MORPHOLOGY<br />

MPMH,<br />

parker,<br />

powerlaw}<br />

factor1 double No No MPM, power<br />

factor2 double No No power<br />

porosity double Yes No [0 … 1] MORPHOLOGY fraction of soil volume<br />

which is not occupied by<br />

the sediment.<br />

strickler_factor double No No MORPHOLOGY Factor for the computation<br />

of Strickler friction value<br />

from grain diameter:<br />

k<br />

6<br />

Str<br />

= factor d90<br />

/<br />

Recommended value 21.1.<br />

upwind double Yes No [0.5 … 1] MORPHOLOGY Defines which part of the<br />

sediment flux on the edge<br />

is taken from the upstream<br />

cross-section.<br />

Recommended 0.5 - 1,<br />

depending on the stability<br />

of the computation!<br />

height_active_layer double No No MORPHOLOGY Height of the active layer. If<br />

this value is set to 0, the<br />

active layer height will be<br />

calculated at each time<br />

step <strong>and</strong> is thus variable.<br />

RIV - 2.4-26<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

critical_angle double No no MORPHOLOGY<br />

density double Yes no [kg/m 3 ] MORPHOLOGY Density of sediment<br />

(recommended value<br />

2650).<br />

max_dz_table double No MORPHOLOGY<br />

Further descriptions:<br />

• factor1: used for MPM: factor of MPM formula (5-15, usually set to 8)<br />

used for power law: α, a calibration value<br />

• factor2: used for power law: β, a calibration value<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

PARAMETER<br />

{<br />

hydro_step = 5.0<br />

bedload_transport = MPM<br />

density = 2650.0<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-27<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 2.4-28<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.5 OUTPUT<br />

OUTPUT<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block specifies the desired output data. In 1D, a default output file contains all<br />

information about geometry <strong>and</strong> other variables along the flow direction. It is written<br />

according to the output time step setting <strong>and</strong> can be used for continuation simulations.<br />

For temporal outputs, one has to specify a SPECIAL_OUTPUT where several variables<br />

are listed versus the time for a chosen cross-section. Additionally, it is possible to extract<br />

minimal <strong>and</strong> maximal values or the sum of variables over the time.<br />

Inner Blocks SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

output_time_step double Yes No [s]<br />

console_time_step double No No [s] If not specified, output time<br />

step is used.<br />

Example:<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

output_time_step = 10.0<br />

console_time_step = 1.0<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.5-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.5.1.1 SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks OUTPUT < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Besides the default output, some extra output can be defined. Either one chooses the<br />

tecplot_all output type for an exhaustive output. However, this option could produce too<br />

much data. In this case, one may choose specifically what data for which cross-section<br />

shall be written to an output file.<br />

This may include minimum, maximum, summation <strong>and</strong> whole time series for the principal<br />

variables as the wetted area, discharge, sediment discharge, water surface elevation <strong>and</strong><br />

velocities.<br />

Each such information for each cross-section will be written to an own file.<br />

Variable Type comp rep values condition desc<br />

type string Yes No {monitor, tecplot_all}<br />

output_time_step double Yes No<br />

cross_sections string list Yes No monitor<br />

A string list No No {min max time} monitor<br />

Q string list No No {min max time sum} monitor<br />

Qb string list No No {min max sum} monitor<br />

WSE string list No No {min max time} monitor<br />

V string list No No {min max time} monitor<br />

file_name string Yes No tecplot_all Output file<br />

name<br />

RIV - 2.5-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Example:<br />

BASECHAIN_1D<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

output_time_step = 10.0<br />

console_time_step = 1.0<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

type = monitor<br />

output_time_step = 10.0<br />

oross_sections = ( QP84.200 QP86.600 )<br />

A = ( min max )<br />

Q = ( sum time )<br />

Qb = ( sum )<br />

V = ( time )<br />

}<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

type = monitor<br />

output_time_step = 35.0<br />

cross_sections = ( QP82.100 )<br />

A = ( time )<br />

Q = ( sum time )<br />

}<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

type = tecplot_all<br />

output_time_step = 50.0<br />

file_name = tecplot_output.tec<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.5-3<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 2.5-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6 BASEPLANE_2D : core block for two dimensional simulations<br />

The main block declaring a 2D simulation is called BASEPLANE_2D within the DOMAINblock.<br />

It contains all information about the precise simulation. To ensure a homogeneous<br />

input structure, the sub blocks for BASEPLANE_2D <strong>and</strong> BASECHAIN_1D are roughly the<br />

same.<br />

A first distinction is made for geometry, hydraulic <strong>and</strong> morphologic data as the user is not<br />

always interested in both results of fluvial <strong>and</strong> sedimentologic simulation. The geometry<br />

however is independent of the choice of calculation. Inside the two blocks (hydraulics <strong>and</strong><br />

morphology), the structure covers the whole field of numerical <strong>and</strong> mathematical<br />

information that is required for every computation.<br />

These blocks deal with boundary conditions, initial conditions, sources <strong>and</strong> sinks, numerical<br />

parameters <strong>and</strong> settings <strong>and</strong> output-specifications. Be aware of a slightly different behaviour<br />

of the sub blocks dependent on the choice of 2D or 1D calculation.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

BASEPLANE_2D<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block includes all information for a 2D simulation<br />

Inner Blocks GEOMETRY<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

OUTPUT<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

region_name string Yes No - -<br />

Example:<br />

DOMAIN<br />

{<br />

multiregion = Rhein<br />

PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

CALCREGION2D<br />

{<br />

region name = rhine delta<br />

GEOMETRY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.6-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.1 GEOMETRY<br />

GEOMETRY<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block BASEPLAN_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Defines the problems topography using different input formats<br />

Inner Blocks STRINGDEF<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

geometry_type enum Yes No {floris,SMS,2dmb} -<br />

geofile string Yes No - -<br />

The inner block STRINGDEF is used only for 2D simulations to define connected node<br />

strings, e.g. for cross-string or boundary definitions. These definitions are of various use,<br />

mostly for the definition of boundary conditions.<br />

A way of defining element attributes in 2D is the use of a material index. When importing an<br />

SMS-geometry type mesh, every cell can be assigned such an index (an integer number).<br />

This index can be used to assign the following attributes:<br />

- friction factor n<br />

- constant viscosity v<br />

- initial condition WSE<br />

- initial condition u<br />

- initial condition v<br />

- soil index<br />

- rock elevation (fixed bed)<br />

The possible use of a material index is explained in the corresponding sections.<br />

Example:<br />

CALCREGION2D<br />

{<br />

region_name = RhineDelta<br />

GEOMETRY<br />

{<br />

geometry_type = sms<br />

geofile = deltageom.2dm<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-3<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.1.1 STRINGDEF<br />

STRINGDEF<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: BASEPLANE_2D<br />

Super Block BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Defines a successive string represented by an array of node indices from the 2D-input<br />

file. Can be used to assign node-specific stuff like boundary conditions or the definition of<br />

cross-strings for output observation. Be aware to use continuous strings – unconnected<br />

nodes will not force an error.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

cross_string_name string Yes no<br />

node_ids integer Yes Yes<br />

string_file string No yes Not implemented yet<br />

Examples:<br />

CALCREGION2D<br />

{<br />

region_name = RhineDelta<br />

GEOMETRY<br />

{<br />

geometry_type = sms<br />

geofile = deltageom.2dm<br />

STRINGDEF<br />

{<br />

cross_string_name = cross-section1<br />

node_ids = ( 12 22 25 72 92 )<br />

}<br />

STRINGDEF<br />

{<br />

cross_string_name = boundary1<br />

node_ids = ( 112 212 215 712 192 )<br />

}<br />

STRINGDEF<br />

{<br />

cross_string_name = boundary2<br />

node_ids = ( 13 23 35 73 93 )<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.6-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.2 HYDRAULICS<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Blocks<br />

Description: Defines the hydraulic specifications for the simulation. This block contains only further sub<br />

blocks but no own variables.<br />

Inner Blocks BOUNDARY<br />

INITIAL<br />

SOURCE<br />

PARAMETER<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

- - - -<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

INITIAL<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

PARAMETER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-5<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.2.1 BOUNDARY<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block<br />

HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

Defines boundary conditions for hydraulics or morphology. If no boundary condition<br />

is specified for part of or the whole boundary, an infinite wall is assumed. For every<br />

different condition, a new block BOUNDARY has to be used.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

boundary_type Enum Yes No {hydrograph, weir<br />

zero_gradient, wall}<br />

HYDRAULICS,<br />

BASEPLANE_2D<br />

boundary_string_name String Yes No string name<br />

defined in<br />

STRINGDEF<br />

boundary_file String No No File type “BC” hydrograph<br />

Boundary types for 2D simulations:<br />

• hydrograph: This boundary conditions is a hydrograph describing the total<br />

discharge in time over an inflow boundary-string. It requires a boundary file with two<br />

columns: time <strong>and</strong> corresponding discharge. You don’t have to specify the<br />

discharge for each timestep – values will be interpolated between the defined times<br />

in the input file. However, you need at least 2 discharges in time – at the beginning<br />

<strong>and</strong> in the end. If you use a constant discharge in time, at the beginning of the<br />

simulation, the discharge will be smoothly increased from zero to the constant value<br />

within a certain time.<br />

• zero_gradient: This boundary condition is used for outflow out of the computational<br />

area. Basically, the flux entering the boundary element leaves the computational<br />

area with the flux over the boundary. Mathematically speaking, all gradients of the<br />

main variables waterdepth <strong>and</strong> velocities are zero in the boundary cell.<br />

• weir: This is another outflow boundary condition. It requires a boundary file with<br />

two columns: time <strong>and</strong> corresponding weir height. Values are interpolated in time<br />

automatically as described at the hydrograph.<br />

• wall: This is the default boundary condition for all nodes where no other boundary<br />

was specified. The wall is of infinite height – there is no flux across the element<br />

borders.<br />

RIV - 2.6-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

boundary_type = hydrograph<br />

boundary_string_name = boundary1 // as defined in STRINGDEF<br />

boundary_file = discharge_in_time.txt<br />

}<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

boundary_type = weir<br />

boundary_string_name = other_bndry // as defined in STRINGDEF<br />

level_file = weirlevel_in_time.txt<br />

}<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

{<br />

boundary_type = zero_gradient<br />

boundary_string_name = third_bndry // as defined in STRINGDEF<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-7<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.2.2 INITIAL<br />

INITIAL<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Block HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Defines initial conditions for hydraulics in 2D. If no initial condition is specified for parts or the<br />

whole domain, the initial conditions is set to dry.<br />

Initial conditions may be derived from earlier simulations where one wants to continue from an<br />

outputfile. This filename is always called “region_name_old.sim”, where “region_name” has<br />

been defined in the BASEPLANE_2D block.<br />

Otherwise, the initial conditions can be set using the material-index from the geometry input file.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

Initial_type Enum Yes No {dry, continue, index_table}<br />

initial_file String No No Dependent on initial type continue<br />

index Integer No No Index_table<br />

WSE Real No No [m rel.] Index_table,<br />

h not used<br />

h real No No [m abs.] Index_table,<br />

WSE not used<br />

u real No No [m/s] Index_table<br />

v real No No [m/s] Index_table<br />

Initial types for 2D simulations:<br />

• dry: This is the most simple initial condition. The whole area is initially dry – no<br />

discharge <strong>and</strong> no WSE is needed. This is the default for every cell in 2D where no initial<br />

condition is specified.<br />

• continue: From earlier simulations, one can continue using the former outputfile as new<br />

initial conditions input file. This filename is always called “region_name_old.sim”, where<br />

“region_name” has been defined in the BASEPLANE_2D block.<br />

• index_table: The initial conditions for WSE, u <strong>and</strong> v can be set manually using the<br />

material index technique. In the geometry file, every cell can be assigned an integer<br />

value which is called the “material index”. To every one of these indices, specific values<br />

for WSE, u <strong>and</strong> v can be assigned. All lists must have the same number of elements,<br />

which correspond to the element in the index-list. See the example for explanation.<br />

RIV - 2.6-8<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

INITIAL<br />

{<br />

initial_type = index_table<br />

index = ( 1 2 3 4 5 )<br />

WSE = ( 12.1 15.0 0.0 0.54 2.3 )<br />

U = ( 0.0 -3.2 1.5 0.0 5.6 )<br />

V = ( 0.0 0.0 2.1 3.0 0.1 )<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-9<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.2.3 SOURCE<br />

SOURCE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

The SOURCE block deals with all influences on the source term in the equations to<br />

be solved. Basically, the soil friction defines the source term. Different friction values<br />

<strong>and</strong> constant eddy viscosity can be assigned to the computational domain using the<br />

material index technique.<br />

Furthermore, the EXTERNAL_SOURCE block is used for additional sources or sinks,<br />

sometimes used instead of flux boundary conditions.<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

friction_type enum Yes No {manning} HYDRAULICS<br />

input_type enum Yes No index_table<br />

index real list No No index_table<br />

n_manning real list No No index_table<br />

inner_viscosity real list No No [m 2 /s] index_table<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

friction_type = manning<br />

initial_type = index_table<br />

index = ( 1 2 3 4 5 )<br />

n_manning = ( 0.02 15.0 0.0 0.54 2.3 )<br />

inner_viscosity = ( 0.028 0.021 0.0 0.03 0.13 )<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.6-10<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.2.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super SOURCE < HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Blocks<br />

Description: The external source block is used for additional sources, mostly used for sources <strong>and</strong> sinks. The<br />

only available source type is source_discharge which acts as a sink when delivered with<br />

negative values in the source_file. All external sources act on one or more computational cells<br />

which have to be listed in an element_ids list. The specified source will then be partitioned<br />

among the corresponding cells weighted with their volumes. For each different external source,<br />

a new block has to be created. The input format for the source_file is of file type “BC”: two<br />

columns with time <strong>and</strong> corresponding source discharge.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

source_type enum Yes No [source_discharge]<br />

source_file string Yes No File type “BC”<br />

element_ids integer list No No source_discharge<br />

Example:<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

source_type = source_discharge<br />

element_ids = ( 45 ) // only one element also needs brackets<br />

source_file = discharge1_in_time.txt<br />

}<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

source_type = source_discharge<br />

element_ids = ( 12 14 18 )<br />

source_file = another_discharge.txt<br />

}<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-11<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.2.4 PARAMETER<br />

PARAMETER<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

The PARAMETER block for hydraulics is used to specify general numerical<br />

parameters for the simulation, as time step, total run time, CFL number, solvertype<br />

etc.<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

simulation_scheme enum Yes No { exp } HYDRAULICS<br />

riemann_solver enum Yes No {HLL, EXACT} HYDRAULICS<br />

CFL real Yes No 0.5 < CFL < 1.0 HYDRAULICS<br />

initial_time_step double Yes No [s] HYDRAULICS<br />

miminum_time_step double Yes No [s] HYDRAULICS<br />

minimum_water_depth double Yes No [m] HYDRAULICS<br />

total_run_time double Yes No [s] HYDRAULICS<br />

Explanation for the parameters:<br />

• simulation_scheme : exp uses an explicit time integration scheme (Euler method).<br />

An implicit time integrator has not yet been implemented.<br />

• riemann_solver : different solvers for the Riemann problem.<br />

• CFL : CourantFriedrichLax-number. This parameter is used to control the timestep.<br />

The CFL-number is defined as the ratio between spatial resolution <strong>and</strong> timestep.<br />

Values lye between 0.5 <strong>and</strong> 1.<br />

• initial_time_step : This option only influences the time step at the beginning of a<br />

simulation. After a few iterations, it has no more effect.<br />

• minimum_time_step : It is possible to define a minimum timestep to get more<br />

exact results. Of course, a smaller timestep always means longer computational<br />

time.<br />

• minimum_water_depth : This parameter is a key element in shallow waters<br />

simulation. The definition of a minimal water depth avoids division by zero which<br />

would lead to numerical instabilities. Every cell with water depth below this value<br />

will be treated as dry.<br />

• total_run_time : When this time value is reached, the simulation stops <strong>and</strong> writes<br />

all output.<br />

RIV - 2.6-12<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Example:<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

PARAMETER<br />

{<br />

simulation_scheme = exp<br />

riemann_solver = EXACT<br />

CFL = 1.0<br />

initial_time_step = 0.01<br />

minimum_step = 0.1<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-13<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3 MORPHOLOGY<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Defines the morphologic specifications for the simulation. Contrary to hydraulics, this is not<br />

compulsory. If Morphology is not specified, sediment transport will be inactive. Contrary to the<br />

HYDRAULICS block, there is no INITIAL block within MORPHOLOGY. Therefore, all bedload is<br />

initially at rest by default.<br />

For MORPHOLOGY, the BOUNDARY block has no use. All bedlaod boundary condition for<br />

sediment in- or outflow is done using EXTERNAL_SOURCES.<br />

Inner Blocks BEDMATERIAL<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

SOURCE<br />

PARAMETER<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

- - - - - - -<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

PARAMETER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.6-14<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.1 BEDMATERIAL<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block defines the characteristics of the bed material. The GRAIN_CLASS specifies<br />

the relevant diameters of the grain. The MIXTURE block allows producing different grain<br />

mixtures using the mean diameters. The SOIL_DEF block defines sub layers <strong>and</strong> the<br />

active layer. Finally, the SOIL_ASSIGNMENT block is used to assign the different soil<br />

definitions to their corresponding areas within the topography.<br />

Inner Blocks GRAIN_CLASS<br />

MIXTURE<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

FIXED_BED<br />

SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-15<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.1.1 GRAIN_CLASS<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Blocks<br />

Description: This block defines the mean diameters of the bed material in [mm]. The number of diameters in<br />

the list automatically sets the number of grains. For “single grain simulations”, only one diameter<br />

must be defined (see example).<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

diameters double [mm]<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

// simulation with 5 grain sizes [mm]<br />

diameters = ( 0.5 2.1 4.6 7.0 15.0 )<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

// simulation with 1 grain size [mm]<br />

diameters = ( 4.6 ) // don’t forget to put the brackets<br />

RIV - 2.6-16<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.1.2 MIXTURE<br />

MIXTURE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block allows the definition of different grain mixtures. According to the number of grain<br />

diameters from the GRAIN_CLASS, for each class, the volume percentage has to be<br />

specified. The fractions must be written in the order corresponding to the grain class list. If<br />

a grain class is not present in a mixture, its fraction value has to be set to 0.<br />

The mixture_name is used later for easy to use assignments.<br />

As the MIXTURE block is repeatable, several mixtures can be defined.<br />

In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />

MIXTURE block does not have to be defined.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

mixture_name string Yes No<br />

volume_fraction list of doubles Yes No [%]<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

// simulation with 3 grain sizes<br />

diameters = ( 0.5 2.1 4.6 )<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

mixture_name = mixture1<br />

volume_fraction = ( 0 100 0 )<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

mixture_name = mixture2<br />

volume_fraction = ( 90.1 5.7 4.2 )<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-17<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.1.3 SOIL_DEF<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

This block defines the sub-structure of the soil. At the top is the active layer, defined<br />

by its height (thickness). Every further layer is defined within a SUBLAYER block. Every<br />

layer has an own mixture assigned.<br />

The definition of d90_armored_layer is only valid for single grain size simulations.<br />

In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />

active_layer_mixture does not has to be defined. However, at least one SUBLAYER<br />

block must be defined in case of a single grain size simulation.<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

soil_name string yes no<br />

active_layer_height string yes no [m]<br />

active_layer_mixture string yes no Mixture<br />

defined<br />

d90_armored_layer double no no [mm] Single grain<br />

size<br />

simulation<br />

RIV - 2.6-18<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

GRAIN_CLASS<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

MIXTURE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

soil_name = soil1<br />

active_layer_height = 0.3<br />

active_layer_mixture = mixture1<br />

d90_armored_layer = 0.1<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

soil_name = soil2<br />

active_layer_height = 0.5<br />

active_layer_mixture = mixture2<br />

d90_armored_layer = 6.8<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

// thickness in [m]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-19<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.1.3.1 SUBLAYER<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks SOIL_DEF < BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block defines a sub layer. For every sub layer, a new block has to be used. In 2D, the<br />

bottom elevation is an absolute value in coordinate space, unlike in 1D, where the bottom<br />

elevation is relative to the surface topography defined in the geometry file.<br />

In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />

SUBLAYER block does not has to be defined as the FIXED_BED block is authoritative for<br />

that purpose.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

bottom_elevation double Yes No [m rel.]<br />

sublayer_mixture string No No Mixture<br />

defined<br />

Example:<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

soil_name = soil1<br />

active_layer_height = 0.3<br />

active_layer_mixture = mixture1<br />

tau_erosion_start = 0.89<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

bottom_elevation = -0.5<br />

sublayer_mixture = mixture1<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

bottom_elevation = -1.3<br />

sublayer_mixture = mixture2<br />

}<br />

SUBLAYER<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.6-20<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.1.3.2 FIXED_BED<br />

FIXED_BED<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super SOIL_DEF < BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Blocks<br />

Description: In order to control the erosion process, the user can define rock elevations (fixed bed) for the<br />

computational domain. No erosion can occur if there is no more sediment on top of the fixed<br />

bed. It may be defined by a geometry file with fixed bed level in the same format as the<br />

geometry file or using the material index technique.<br />

For zb_fix – values smaller than -100, the initial elevation of the bed topography (from the<br />

geometry file) will be set as fixed bed<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

input_type string Yes No {meshfile, index_table}<br />

input_file String Yes No Meshfile<br />

index list of integers Yes No Index_table<br />

zb_fix List of reals yes no [m rel.] Index_table<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

FIXED_BED<br />

{<br />

input_type = index_table<br />

index = ( 1 2 5 8 )<br />

zb_fix = ( 0.0 10.3 2.1 43.9 )<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-21<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.1.4 SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition:<br />

Super Blocks BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

This block is finally used to assign the soil definitions to their corresponding areas in the<br />

topography. For this purpose, the index-technique is used. In the geometry input file,<br />

every cross-section (<strong>and</strong> also parts of a cross-section) can be labelled with an integer<br />

index number which is used to attach a soil definition.<br />

For single grain size simulations, no soil assignment is needed, as the erodable bed<br />

consists of one grain class with the mean diameter defined in GRAIN_CLASS.<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

input_type string Yes No index_table<br />

index list of int’s No No index_table<br />

soil list of doubles No No index_table<br />

Example:<br />

BEDMATERIAL<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SOIL_DEF<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />

{<br />

input_type = index_table<br />

index = ( 1 2 4 6 )<br />

soil = ( soil1 soil2 soil3 soil1 )<br />

}<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.6-22<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.2 BOUNDARY<br />

BOUNDARY<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Blocks<br />

Description: In 2D, sediment boundary conditions as inflow of bed material are defined using the<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE block. So, instead of defining a sediment discharge across a boundary, the<br />

bedload enters the computational area through sources in the corresponding computational cells.<br />

Therefore, no BOUNDARY block for sediment transport in 2D is needed.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

-<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-23<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.3 SOURCE<br />

SOURCE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

The SOURCE block for morphology in 2D contains external sources or sinks which<br />

can be attached to any computational cell with the corresponding element_id. For<br />

each different external source, a new inner block EXTERNAL_SOURCE has to be<br />

defined.<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCES are used in 2D instead of sediment inflow boundary<br />

conditions.<br />

Inner Blocks<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

- - - - -<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.6-24<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks SOURCE < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Specifies the source term static or in time for parts or the whole area. The<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE block is used for additional sources or sinks, in 2D simulations used<br />

instead of sediment inflow boundary conditions. If no source block is specified at all, the<br />

additional source is set to zero <strong>and</strong> no sediment enters the computational domain at all.<br />

For single grain size simulations, the definition of source_mixture is not needed.<br />

Inner Blocks AREA<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

source_type enum Yes No sediment_dicharge<br />

element_ids list of integers yes No<br />

source_file string Yes No File type “BC”<br />

source_mixture string Yes No Mixture<br />

defined<br />

Example:<br />

MORPHOLOGY<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

SOURCE<br />

{<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

source_type = sediment_discharge<br />

source_file = source_in_time.txt<br />

element_ids = ( 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 )<br />

source_mixture = mixture2<br />

}<br />

EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />

{<br />

source_type = sediment_discharge<br />

source_file = another_source_in_time.txt<br />

element_ids = ( 256 ) // don’t forget the brackets<br />

source_mixture = mixture1<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-25<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.6.3.4 PARAMETERS<br />

PARAMETER<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks<br />

MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description:<br />

The PARAMETER block for morphology in 2D contains general settings dealing with<br />

bedload transport <strong>and</strong> sediment properties.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

bedload_transport enum Yes No {MPM, MPMH,<br />

PARKER}<br />

bedload_factor real No No<br />

bedload_routing_start real No No [s]<br />

hydro_step integer No No<br />

upwind real No No<br />

porosity real Yes No [%]<br />

angle_of_repose real Yes No [°]<br />

density real Yes No [kg/m 3 ]<br />

Description of parameters:<br />

• bedload_transport : These 3 bedload relations are available:<br />

- MPM (Meyer-Peter & Müller)<br />

- MPMH (Meyer-Peter & Müller & Hunziker)<br />

- PARKER (Parker)<br />

• bedload_factor : This factor may be used for calibration of sediment transport. It is<br />

multiplied with the bedload equation. Default is set to 1.0<br />

• bedload_routing_start : Indicates, at which time sediment routing is started during a<br />

simulation. The default value is set to 0.0, which means bedload transport from the<br />

beginning.<br />

• hydro_step : Specifies the cycle steps for hydrodynamic routing. For example, a value<br />

of 5 forces the hydrodynamic routine to be computed after every 5 cycles of the<br />

sediment routine. The default value is set to 0<br />

• upwind : The upwind factor is already implemented with a default value of 0.5. At the<br />

moment, manual changes have no effect. The upwind factor remains constant during<br />

the whole simulation.<br />

• porosity : This is the general bed material porosity in [%], e.g. 37 %.<br />

• angle_of_repose : This is the bed materials angle of repose in degrees, e.g. 30.<br />

• density : The general densitiy of the bedload has to be specified in [kg/m 3 ]. A usual<br />

value would be e.g. 2650<br />

RIV - 2.6-26<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.7 OUTPUT<br />

OUTPUT<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: This block specifies the desired output data. In 2D, a default output file contains all<br />

information about geometry <strong>and</strong> other variables along the flow direction. It is written<br />

according to the output time step setting <strong>and</strong> can be used for continuation simulations.<br />

For temporal outputs, one has to specify a SPECIAL_OUTPUT block where time histories<br />

or grain information for selected mesh-elements can be chosen. For each different output<br />

desire, a new SPECIAL_OUTPUT block has to be used.<br />

Inner Blocks SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

output_time_step double Yes No [s]<br />

console_time_step double no No [s]<br />

result_location enum No No {node, center}<br />

Description of parameters:<br />

• output_time_step : Specifies the time step for the default output files.<br />

• console_time_step : Specifies the time step for console output. If no value is set,<br />

output_time_step will be used.<br />

• result_location : This parameter sets the type of output location. To plot the<br />

results, all plotting programs need an underlying mesh. The mesh for 2D is defined<br />

by its nodes <strong>and</strong> can be used easily for plotting. However, the results of the<br />

computation are represented in the center of an element.<br />

Choosing node forces the program to extrapolate the center-results on the nodes.<br />

The original mesh can be used for plotting then.<br />

Choosing center prints the results as they have been computed for the cell centers.<br />

For a correct plotting, a meshfile will be needed, which is defined by the location of<br />

the cell centers.<br />

Default setting is node.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.7-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

Example:<br />

BASECHAIN_2D<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

output_time_step = 10.0<br />

console_time_step = 1.0<br />

result_location = node<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

}<br />

[…]<br />

}<br />

RIV - 2.7-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

2.7.1.1 SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />

Super Blocks OUTPUT < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />

Description: Besides the default output, some extra output for selected elements can be defined. The<br />

choices for output type are time_history, grain <strong>and</strong> control.<br />

Time history plots all important cell information versus the time. Grain delivers all<br />

sediment information for the selected elements. control is an exhaustive data collection,<br />

which needs a lost of disk space <strong>and</strong> should be avoided by normal users. It uses the<br />

output_time_step defined within the OUTPUT block.<br />

Each such information for each cross-section will be written to an own file<br />

filename_tHNdGlb-[i]_thnd.out, where i is the element id.<br />

Note: For each type of special output, only one block may be defined.<br />

Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />

type enum Yes No {time_history, grain, control}<br />

output_time_step real Yes [s]<br />

element_ids integer list Yes no Maximum 30 ids<br />

Example:<br />

BASECHAIN_2D<br />

{<br />

OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

output_time_step = 10.0<br />

console_time_step = 1.0<br />

result_location = node<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

Type = time_history<br />

Output_time_step = 10.0<br />

Element_ids = ( 1 3 25 94 )<br />

}<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

Type = grain<br />

Output_time_step = 15.0<br />

Element_ids = ( 99 )<br />

}<br />

SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />

{<br />

Type = grain<br />

Output_time_step = 5.0<br />

Element_ids = ( 23 45 98 486 )<br />

}<br />

}<br />

}<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.7-3<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 2.7-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

IV INPUT FILES<br />

Part 2:<br />

Auxiliary Input Files<br />

3 Auxiliary input files<br />

3.1 Introduction<br />

3.1.1 Elements of an auxiliary input files<br />

Keyword<br />

DefType<br />

The keywords must be at the beginning of the line without any space<br />

between margin <strong>and</strong> word.<br />

The first two letters have to be either both capitals or both lower case<br />

letters.<br />

Format for connected parameters.<br />

/ Comment, e.g. whole line or after a parameter.<br />

3.1.2 Syntax description<br />

General<br />

<br />

[par]<br />

Units (U)<br />

e rel.<br />

e<br />

Symbol for space<br />

optional parameter<br />

unit e relative to a chosen reference system (e.g. elevation).<br />

absolute value of unit e (e.g. distance).<br />

Parameter types (T)<br />

r real decimal number (e.g. 52.37, 8.)<br />

i integer integer (e.g. 103)<br />

c character single character<br />

s string character string (word)<br />

Default values (D)<br />

For some parameters a default value is assumed if it is not specified.<br />

Repeatability (R)<br />

Specifies if the comm<strong>and</strong> can be used more than once (yes or no).<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.1-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 3.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

3.2 Type “BC” : File containing a boundary condition<br />

Definition Syntax:<br />

// this is a comment<br />

value1value2<br />

Example:<br />

// T Q<br />

0.000 10<br />

50000 12<br />

100000 11<br />

Summary:<br />

The first line contains information about the listed parameters. This line is not read by<br />

the program. The value table is terminated by the keyword “end”.<br />

Parameter Description:<br />

Parameter U T D R Description<br />

value1 S r y Value of the first parameter: e.g. time, water surface elevation,…<br />

m rel.<br />

value2 m 3 r y Value of the second parameter:<br />

Discharge,…<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.2-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

RIV - 3.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

3.3 Type “Ini1D” : File containing initial conditions for BASECHAIN_1D<br />

This file can be a restart file generated by a previous simulation, which has been saved as<br />

text file with the extension “.txt”. It describes the initial hydraulic state in the channel with<br />

the discharge <strong>and</strong> the wetted area for each cross section.<br />

time<br />

[CompactSerial]<br />

Keyword<br />

DefType<br />

Definition Syntax:<br />

startTime<br />

Example:<br />

time0<br />

Summary:<br />

Defines the time of the described situation.<br />

Parameter Description:<br />

Parameter U T D R Description<br />

startTime s r n Time at which the simulation begins (usually 0).<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.3-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

none<br />

[Table]<br />

Keyword<br />

DefType<br />

Definition Syntax:<br />

crossSectionNameQA<br />

Example:<br />

cs1200150<br />

Summary:<br />

Defines discharge <strong>and</strong> wetted area for each cross section.<br />

Parameter Description:<br />

Parameter U T D R Description<br />

crossSectionName - s y Name of the cross section.<br />

Q m 3 /s r y Initial discharge.<br />

A m 2 r y Initial wetted area.<br />

RIV - 3.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

3.4 Type “Topo1D” : Topography File for BASECHAIN_1D<br />

ZCalculation<br />

[Serial]<br />

Keyword<br />

DefType<br />

Definition Syntax:<br />

calculationType [filename]<br />

Example:<br />

zcalculation<br />

tabletableRhein<br />

Summary:<br />

Defines whether the hydraulic computation will be based on the iterative determination<br />

of z(A) <strong>and</strong> direct computation of all other values, or on the linear interpolation of the<br />

values from a previously computed table (faster for complex geometries). The option<br />

table can only be used if there is no sediment transport.<br />

Parameter Description:<br />

Parameter U T D R Description<br />

calculationType - s n “table” (only for pure hydraulic computations) or “iteration”.<br />

fileName - s n Name of the file in which the tables are stored. Read only for calculation<br />

type “table“.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.4-1<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

REsistance<br />

[Serial]<br />

Keyword<br />

DefType<br />

Definition Syntax:<br />

resistanceType<br />

Example:<br />

resistance<br />

strickler<br />

Summary:<br />

Defines the friction law.<br />

Parameter Description:<br />

Parameter U T D R Description<br />

resistanceType - s n Friction law:<br />

• strickler: Stricker with Strickler value;<br />

• heightstr: Strickler with equivalent friction height;<br />

• chezy: Chézy;<br />

• darcy: Darcy-Weissbach.<br />

RIV - 3.4-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

VAlues repeatable<br />

[Serial]<br />

Keyword<br />

DefType<br />

Definition Syntax:<br />

Par1Par2kMainChannelkForel<strong>and</strong>sbedSlopekBed<br />

Example:<br />

values<br />

0.050.0166.66666.666,,66.666<br />

Summary:<br />

Defines several values, which are valid for all the following cross-sections. It can be<br />

repeated to adopt new values for further cross-sections.<br />

Parameter Description:<br />

Parameter U T D R Description<br />

Par1<br />

m<br />

abs.<br />

/m2<br />

r n If calcuation type = table: maximum difference of water surface<br />

elevation between the calculated values in the table.<br />

If calculation type = iteration: maximum accepted difference<br />

between given A <strong>and</strong> calculated A for iterative z(A) calculation.<br />

Par2 m/- r/i n If calculation type = table: minimum interval of water surface<br />

elevation between the calculated values in the table.<br />

If calculation type = iteration: maximum number of iterations allowed<br />

for iterative z(A) calculation before the program is stopped.<br />

kMainChannel m 1/3 /s<br />

or<br />

i n Friction value of the main channel, if not specified in the single cross<br />

sections or cross section slices.<br />

mm<br />

kForel<strong>and</strong>s m 1/3 /s<br />

or<br />

i n Friction value of forel<strong>and</strong>s, if not specified in the single cross<br />

sections or cross section slices.<br />

mm<br />

bedSlope - i n Slope of the channel if not replaced by values in the single cross<br />

sections.<br />

kBed m 1/3 /s<br />

or<br />

i n Friction value of the bed, if not specified in the single cross sections<br />

or cross section slices.<br />

mm<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.4-3<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

20 repeatable Keyword<br />

[CompactSerial]<br />

DefType<br />

Definition Syntax:<br />

crossSectionNamedistance[referenceHight][kMainChannel][kForel<strong>and</strong>s][slop<br />

e][layerHeight][layerMixture][layerHeight][layerMixture]…<br />

Example:<br />

20'Qp2'0.05,,,,0.0360.1mixture11.0mixture1<br />

Summary:<br />

General parameters for each cross section.<br />

Parameter Description:<br />

Parameter U T D R Description<br />

crossSectionName - s n Name of the cross section.<br />

distance km r n Distance from the upstream boundary in [km]!<br />

referenceHight m r n Not implemented in current version.<br />

kMainChannel - r n Friction value of the main channel, if not defined differently in the<br />

cross section slices; depending on the specified friction law this is<br />

a Strickler value or an equivalent friction height.<br />

kForel<strong>and</strong>s - r n Friction value of the forel<strong>and</strong>s, if not defined differently in the<br />

cross section slices; depending on the specified friction law this is<br />

a Strickler value or an equivalent friction height.<br />

slope - r n Slope of the cross section.<br />

layerHeight m<br />

abs.<br />

r y Height of a layer for the whole cross section. If sediment transport<br />

is on, at least one layer must be specified, if the soil is bedrock<br />

the height of the first layer is 0. If the calculation with constant<br />

active layer height is adopted, the height of the first layer must<br />

correspond to the active layer height specified in the sediment file<br />

(H).<br />

layerMixture - s y Name of the sediment mixture of the layer<br />

RIV - 3.4-4<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

21 repeatable Keyword<br />

[CompactSerial]<br />

DefType<br />

Definition Syntax:<br />

yz[K][typeChange][flownThrough][significantPoint][layerHight][layerMixtur<br />

e][layerHight][layerMixture]<br />

Examples:<br />

210.00325.8/<br />

217.53316.760 , , , ,15/<br />

2118.04317.230 , , , ,16/<br />

2124.8326.160/<br />

Summary:<br />

Describes a point at the interface between cross section slices. For the start point only y<br />

<strong>and</strong> z can be specified. The other parameters are always referred to the slice on the left<br />

of the point.<br />

Parameter Description:<br />

Parameter U T D R Description<br />

y<br />

m r n Distance from left border.<br />

rel.<br />

z<br />

m r n Elevation.<br />

rel.<br />

K m 1/3 /s<br />

or<br />

mm<br />

r n Friction value of the previous cross section slice: depending on the<br />

specified friction law this is a Strickler value or an equivalent friction<br />

height.<br />

typeChange - i n Change of channel type:<br />

12: has forel<strong>and</strong> on the left<br />

13: has main channel on the left<br />

2: beginning of the zone considered for the computation if it is not the<br />

first point (default).<br />

32: end of the computational area with forel<strong>and</strong> on the left.<br />

33: end of computational area with main channel on the left.<br />

flownThrough - i n Indicates if the water flows in the slice or not.<br />

0: flown through (default)<br />

1: not flown through.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.4-5<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

significantPoint - i n 1: point will be used in the table.<br />

2: defines the lowest point of the cross section.<br />

3: defines the highest point of the cross section.<br />

6: defines the point representing the left dam.<br />

7: defines the point representing the right dam.<br />

15: begin of the bed bottom.<br />

16: end of the bed bottom.<br />

layerHeight m<br />

abs.<br />

r y Height of a layer. If sediment transport is “on”, at least one layer must<br />

be specified. If the soil is of bedrock the height of the first layer is 0. If<br />

the calculation with constant active layer height is adopted, the height<br />

of the first layer must correspond to the active layer height specified in<br />

the sediment file (E).<br />

layerMixture - s y Name of the sediment mixture of the layer.<br />

RIV - 3.4-6<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 10/2/2006


Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />

INPUT FILES<br />

99 Keyword<br />

[Serial]<br />

DefType<br />

Summary:<br />

Closes the description of a cross section.<br />

end<br />

[Serial]<br />

Keyword<br />

DefType<br />

Summary:<br />

Terminates the list of cross sections.<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.4-7<br />

Version 10/2/2006


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

Table of Contents<br />

A. Notation<br />

A.1.<br />

A.2.<br />

A.3.<br />

A.4.<br />

Superscripts <strong>and</strong> Subscripts.........................................................................A.1-1<br />

Differential Operators ....................................................................................A.2-1<br />

English Symbols.............................................................................................A.3-1<br />

Greek Symbols ...............................................................................................A.4-1<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006<br />

i


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

ii<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

A. Notation<br />

A.1. Superscripts <strong>and</strong> Subscripts<br />

(.) R<br />

(.) B<br />

Property of top most soil layer for bed load (active layer)<br />

(.) cr<br />

Critical value<br />

(.) i<br />

, (.) j<br />

, (.) k<br />

Index corresponding to three dimensional Cartesian<br />

3<br />

coordinate system with coordinates ( xyz , , )<br />

(.) g<br />

th<br />

Property corresponding to g grain size class<br />

(.) L<br />

Property on the left h<strong>and</strong> side<br />

(.) l<br />

Lateral property<br />

(.) n n<br />

th step of time integration<br />

Property on the right h<strong>and</strong> side<br />

Property at water surface<br />

Property of bed material storage layer (sub layer)<br />

(.)<br />

(.) Sub<br />

(.) S<br />

(.) x<br />

, (.) y<br />

, Property corresponding to three dimensional Cartesian<br />

z<br />

3<br />

coordinate system with coordinates ( xyz , , )<br />

(.)(.),(.)<br />

Dual property, i.e. QBx<br />

,<br />

= bed load discharge in x direction<br />

(.)<br />

(.)<br />

Triple property, i.e. = bed load discharge of grain size<br />

(.) ,(.)<br />

Q B g , x<br />

class g in x direction<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006<br />

A.1-1


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

A.1-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

A.2. Differential Operators<br />

d<br />

dx<br />

Differential operator for derivation with respect to variable x<br />

n<br />

d<br />

n<br />

dx<br />

Differential operator for derivation of order n w. r. to var. x<br />

∂<br />

∂x<br />

Partial differential operator for derivation w. r. to variable x<br />

n<br />

∂<br />

n<br />

∂x<br />

Partial differential operator for derivation of order n w. r. to var. x<br />

∇<br />

Nabla operator. In three-dimensional Cartesian coordinate system<br />

T<br />

3<br />

⎛ ⎞<br />

∂ ∂ ∂<br />

with coordinates ( x, yz): , ∇= ⎜ , , ⎟<br />

⎜<br />

∂x ∂y ∂z<br />

⎟<br />

⎝ ⎠<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006<br />

A.2-1


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

A.2-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

A.3. English Symbols<br />

Symbol Unit Definition<br />

A [m 2 ] Wetted cross section area<br />

a [m/s 2<br />

] Acceleration<br />

Ared<br />

[m 2<br />

] Reduced area<br />

c<br />

[m/s] Wave speed<br />

c<br />

f<br />

[-] Friction coefficient<br />

C<br />

[-] Concentration<br />

c μ<br />

[-] Dimensionless coefficient (used for turb. kin. viscosity)<br />

d<br />

g<br />

[m] Mean grain size of the size class g<br />

d m<br />

[m] Arithmetic mean grain size according to Meyer-Peter &<br />

F( U) , G( U)<br />

Müller<br />

[-] Flux vectors<br />

F<br />

[N] Force<br />

g [m/s 2 ] Gravity<br />

h [m] Water depth, flow depth<br />

h B<br />

[m] Thickness of active layer<br />

2<br />

K [m 3 /s] Conveyance factor K = k 3<br />

st<br />

AR<br />

k<br />

st<br />

[m 1/3 /s] Strickler factor<br />

k<br />

s<br />

[mm] equivalent roughness height<br />

m<br />

[kg] Mass<br />

n<br />

[m/s] Normal (directed outward) unit flow vector of a<br />

computational cell<br />

ng [-] Total number of grain size classes<br />

M [Ns] Momentum<br />

P [N/m 2<br />

] Pressure<br />

P<br />

[m] Hydraulic Perimeter<br />

p [-] Porosity<br />

p<br />

B<br />

[-] Porosity of bed material in active layer<br />

p<br />

Sub<br />

[-] Porosity of bed material in sub layer<br />

Q [m 3<br />

/s] Stream- or surface discharge<br />

Q [m 3<br />

/s] total bed load flux for cross section<br />

B<br />

q<br />

B g<br />

[m 3 /s/m] total bed load flux of grain size class g per unit width<br />

qB , ,<br />

[m<br />

g x<br />

, q 3<br />

Bg<br />

y<br />

/s/m] Cartesian components of total bed load flux q<br />

B g<br />

qB ,<br />

[m<br />

g xx<br />

, q<br />

3<br />

Bg,<br />

yy<br />

/s/m] Cartesian comp. of bed load flux due to stream forces<br />

q , q [m 3<br />

/s/m] Cartesian comp. of lateral bed load flux<br />

Bg, xy Bg,<br />

yx<br />

ql<br />

[m 2<br />

/s] Specific lateral discharge (discharge per meter of length)<br />

R [m] Hydraulic radius<br />

S( U)<br />

[-] Vector of source terms<br />

S<br />

f<br />

[-] Friction slope<br />

S<br />

B<br />

[-] Bed slope<br />

S<br />

g<br />

[m/s] suspended load source per cell <strong>and</strong> grain size class<br />

Sf [m/s] active layer floor source per cell <strong>and</strong> grain size class<br />

g<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006<br />

A.3-1


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

Sl<br />

g<br />

[m/s] local sediment source per cell <strong>and</strong> grain size class<br />

t<br />

[s] Time<br />

U<br />

[-] Vector of conserved variables<br />

[m/s] Flow velocity vector with Cartesian components , ,<br />

u *<br />

[m/s] shear stress veleocity<br />

uvw , ,<br />

[m/s] Cartesian components of flow velocity vector u<br />

uv ,<br />

[m/s] Cartesian components of depth averaged flow velocity<br />

uB, vB,<br />

wB<br />

[m/s] Cartesian components of flow velocity at bottom<br />

uS, vS,<br />

wS<br />

[m/s] Cartesian components of flow velocity at water surface<br />

V [m 3<br />

] Volume<br />

x,y,z [-] Cartesian coordinate axes<br />

x, yz ,<br />

[m] Distance in corresponding Cartesian direction<br />

z B<br />

[m] Bottom elevation<br />

z S<br />

[m] Water surface elevation<br />

[m] Elevation of active layer floor<br />

u ( uvw)<br />

z F<br />

A.3-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

A.4. Greek Symbols<br />

Symbol Unit Definition<br />

α<br />

B<br />

[-] Empirical parameter depending on the dimensionless<br />

Shear stress of the mixture<br />

β [-] volumetric fraction of grain size class g in active layer<br />

g<br />

β<br />

g , Sub<br />

[-] volumetric fraction of grain size class g in active layer<br />

Γ<br />

[-] Eddy diffusivity<br />

κ<br />

[-] Kármán constant<br />

Δ t<br />

[s] Computational time step<br />

Δ t h<br />

[s] Time step for hydraulic sequence<br />

Δ t s<br />

[s] Time step for sediment transport sequence<br />

Δ t seq<br />

[s] Overall, sequential time step<br />

Δx, Δy,<br />

Δ z [m] Grid spacing according to three dimensional Cartesian<br />

3<br />

Coordinate system with coordinates ( x, yz) ,<br />

η [kg/ms] Molecular viscosity<br />

ν [m 2 /s] Kinematic viscosity, μ ρ<br />

ν<br />

ε<br />

[m 2 /s] Isotropic eddy viscosity<br />

ν<br />

t<br />

[m 2 /s] Turbulent kinematic viscosity<br />

ν<br />

0<br />

[m 2 /s] Base kinematics eddy viscosity<br />

ρ [kg/m 3 ] Mass density (fluid)<br />

ρ [kg/m 3 ] Bed material density<br />

s<br />

Bx ,<br />

,<br />

By ,<br />

ν = ν +<br />

t<br />

0<br />

*<br />

cuh<br />

μ<br />

τ τ [N/m 2 ] Cartesian components of bottom shear stress vector<br />

τ<br />

B<br />

[N/m 2 ] Vector of shear stress at bottom due to water flow<br />

τ<br />

Bg<br />

, crit<br />

[N/m 2 ] Critical shear stress related to grain size d<br />

g<br />

τ<br />

Sx ,<br />

, τ<br />

Sy ,<br />

[N/m 2 ] Cartesian components of surface shear stress vector<br />

τ<br />

S<br />

[N/m 2 ] Vector of shear stress at water surface (e.g. due to wind)<br />

Ω [m 2 ] Area of an element<br />

ξ [-] Hiding factor<br />

g<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006<br />

A.4-1


System Manuals BASEMENT<br />

INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />

This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />

A.4-2<br />

VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />

Version 9/28/2006

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!